HERLEY INDUSTRIES INC /NEW
10-K405, 1999-10-27
SEARCH, DETECTION, NAVAGATION, GUIDANCE, AERONAUTICAL SYS
Previous: HEALTH CHEM CORP, PREC14A, 1999-10-27
Next: IDS BOND FUND INC, 24F-2NT, 1999-10-27




                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
    [X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                    For the fiscal year ended August 1, 1999

                                       OR

    [ ]TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
        For the transition period from ...............to ...............

                           Commission File No. 0-5411

                             Herley Industries, Inc.
             ------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

    Delaware                                                 23-2413500
    --------------------------------                    --------------------
    State or other jurisdiction                         (I.R.S. Employer
    of incorporation or organization                     Identification No.)

    10 Industry Drive, Lancaster, Pennsylvania                  17603
    ------------------------------------------                ----------
    (Address of Principal Executive Offices )                 (Zip Code)

    Registrant's telephone number, including area code:     (717) 397-2777
                                                            --------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 Title of each class                       Name of Exchange on which registered
 -------------------                       ------------------------------------
        None                                               None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $ .10 par value
                          -----------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. [X] Yes [ ] No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]

Based on the closing sale price of $14.375 as of October 11, 1999 the  aggregate
market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of the  registrant was
$53,514,761.

The number of shares  outstanding of registrant's  common stock, $ .10 par value
as of October 11, 1999 was 4,571,661.

Documents incorporated by reference:

Registrant's  definitive  proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.


<PAGE>





                             HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                          Page
PART I                                                                    ----
   Item 1     Business                                                      1
   Item 2     Properties                                                    9
   Item 3     Legal Proceedings                                             9
   Item 4     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders           9

PART II
   Item 5     Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
                 Stockholder Matters                                       10
   Item 6     Selected Financial Data                                      10
   Item 7     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                 Condition and Results of Operations                       11
   Item 7A    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   16
   Item 8     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                  17
   Item 9     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                 Accounting and Financial Disclosure                       17
PART III
   Item 10    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant           17
   Item 11    Executive Compensation                                       17
   Item 12    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
                 Owners and Management                                     17
   Item 13    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions               17

PART IV
   Item 14    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports
              on Form 8K                                                   18

SIGNATURES                                                                 19

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES                  F-1

<PAGE>



PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

All statements  other than statements of historical fact included in this Annual
Report, including without limitation statements under,  "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations"  and "Business,"
regarding  the Company's  financial  position,  business  strategy and plans and
objectives   of   management   of  the  Company  for  future   operations,   are
forward-looking  statements.  When used in this  Annual  Report,  words  such as
"anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend" and similar expressions,
as they  relate  to the  Company  or its  management,  identify  forward-looking
statements.  Such  forward-looking  statements  are based on the  beliefs of the
Company's  management,  as well as assumptions made by and information currently
available to the Company's  management.  Actual results could differ  materially
from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements as a result of certain
factors including but not limited to, competitive factors and pricing pressures,
changes  in  legal  and  regulatory   requirements,   technological   change  or
difficulties,   product   development   risks,   commercialization   and   trade
difficulties  and  general  economic  conditions.  Such  statements  reflect the
current  views of the Company with  respect to future  events and are subject to
these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to the operations,
results of  operations,  growth  strategy  and  liquidity  of the  Company.  All
subsequent  written  and oral  forward-looking  statements  attributable  to the
Company  or  persons  acting on its  behalf  are  expressly  qualified  in their
entirety by this paragraph.

Item 1.  Business

Herley Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation,  ("Herley" or the "Company") is
engaged in the design,  development,  and manufacture of flight  instrumentation
components  and  systems,  and  microwave  products  sold  primarily to the U.S.
government, foreign governments, and aerospace companies.

Flight   instrumentation   products   include   command  and  control   systems,
transponders,   flight  termination   receivers,   telemetry   transmitters  and
receivers,  pulse code modulator ("PCM") encoders,  and scoring systems.  Flight
instrumentation  products are used to: (i) accurately  track the flight of space
launch  vehicles,   targets,  and  unmanned  airborne  vehicles  ("UAVs"),  (ii)
communicate between ground systems and the airborne vehicle, (iii) if necessary,
destroy the vehicle if it is veering from its planned trajectory, and (iv) train
troops and test weapons.  The Company's  command and control systems are used on
training and test ranges domestically and in foreign countries.  The Company has
an installed base of  approximately  100 command and control  systems around the
world,  which are either fixed  installations,  transportable  units or portable
units.

Herley is also engaged in the design, development,  manufacture and marketing of
microwave  devices  and  electronic   systems,   equipment  and  components.   A
substantial   portion  of  the   Company's   microwave   products  are  sold  to
manufacturers  and users of microwave  systems and equipment for applications in
the defense  electronics  industry,  including in connection  with the radar and
defense electronic  systems on tactical fighter aircraft;  as well as being used
in the Company's flight  instrumentation  systems and products. The Company also
sells these components and equipment for use in the industrial sector as well as
in  commercial  telecommunications  industries.  Typical  applications  for  the
Company's  microwave products include  electronic  warfare and  countermeasures,
airborne and shipboard  navigation and  communications,  radar systems,  missile
guidance systems, automatic test equipment, and satellite communications.

The Company has grown  internally and through six strategic  acquisitions.  As a
result, the Company has evolved from a components  manufacturer to a systems and
service provider and has leveraged its technical capabilities and expertise into
domestic commercial and foreign defense markets.

Since its inception in 1965, the Company has designed and manufactured microwave
devices for use in various tactical military programs. In June 1986, the Company
acquired a small engineering company, Mission Design,

                                        1

<PAGE>



Inc.,  engaged in the design and development of  transponders.  This acquisition
enabled the Company to enter the flight instrumentation  business beginning with
the design and manufacture of range safety transponders.  In September 1992, the
Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Micro-Dynamics, Inc. ("MDI")
of Woburn,  Massachusetts,  a microwave subsystem designer and manufacturer.  In
June 1993,  the Company  acquired Vega Precision  Laboratories,  Inc. of Vienna,
Virginia, a manufacturer of flight instrumentation  products. In March 1994, the
Company  entered  into an  exclusive  license  agreement  for  the  manufacture,
marketing  and sale of the Multiple  Aircraft GPS  Integrated  Command & Control
(MAGIC2)  systems.  In July 1995,  the Company  acquired  certain assets and the
business  of  Stewart  Warner   Electronics  Corp.  of  Chicago,   Illinois,   a
manufacturer of high frequency  radio and IFF  interrogator  systems.  In August
1997, the Company  acquired  Metraplex  Corporation  ("Metraplex") of Frederick,
Maryland,  which  has  enabled  the  Company  to enter the  airborne  PCM and FM
telemetry  and data  acquisition  systems  market.  As of January  4, 1999,  the
Company  acquired  all of the issued  and  outstanding  common  stock of General
Microwave Corporation ("GMC") expanding its offering of microwave components and
electronic systems, and its customer base in the industrial sector as well as in
the commercial telecommunications industries.

Products - Space and Communications

                Command and Control Systems (C2)

For over thirty years, the Company has been manufacturing  products in the radar
enhancement  field. The Company's  command and control systems have been used to
fly remotely a large variety of unmanned  aerial  vehicles,  typically  aircraft
used as target  drones or Remotely  Piloted  Vehicles  ("RPVs") and some surface
targets.  Operations have been conducted by users on the open ocean, remote land
masses, and instrumented test and training ranges.

The Company's  command and control  systems are currently in service  throughout
the world. The Company's  pulse-positioned-coded ("PPC") concept enables the use
of standard radar technology to track and control unmanned  vehicles.  Using the
radar beacon mode, PPC pulse groups are transmitted and received for transfer of
command and telemetry data while employing the location precision and advantages
of radar techniques.

Command and control  systems  permit a ground  operator to fly a target or a UAV
through a pre-planned mission. That mission may be for reconnaissance, where the
vehicle is equipped with high definition TV sensors and the necessary data links
to send information back to its command and control systems ground station.  The
UAV may also be used as a decoy,  since  the  operator  can  direct  the  flight
operations that will make the small drone appear to be a larger combat aircraft.

With  the 1994  licensing  of the  MAGIC2  system,  the  Company  increased  the
selection of command and control  systems.  The 6104 TTCS  (Target  Tracking and
Control  System)  unit is a  line-of-sight  command and  control  system with an
installed base of equipment worldwide. The Company's engineers and marketers are
now able to offer the MAGIC2 system as a supplement to, or replacement for, this
installed base of equipment.  The MAGIC2 system affords over-the-horizon command
and control  using GPS  guidance  and control of multiple  targets from a single
ground station.  The ability to control multiple targets at increased  distances
represents a significant product improvement. The increasing demand for enhanced
performance  by the U.S.  Navy as well as  foreign  navies in  littoral  warfare
scenarios can be satisfied by the use of the MAGIC2 system.

The new Model 6104 TTCS is a highly  flexible,  multiple  processor  design with
high resolution graphics, which can be field configured within minutes to fly or
control any selected vehicle for which it is equipped. The system is designed to
operate with a large variety of vehicles. A basic TTCS configuration is normally
supplied with a standard Company command panel and the software  peculiar to one
vehicle. Telemetry display software is embedded for the specified vehicle, and a
magnetic hard drive is supplied with a mission map prepared in accordance with a
customer  supplied  detailed  map of the area.  The TTCS is used in  support  of
missile, aircraft

                                        2

<PAGE>



and other weapons systems  development and testing.  Herley continues to provide
this system to customers to support their requirement.

The MAGIC2  system  provides  control of multiple  targets from a single  ground
control system, and utilizes GPS to provide accurate position  information.  The
MAGIC2 system meets a growing  requirement to test against multiple threats with
the automated defense  capabilities of ships like the AEGIS cruiser and the E-2C
aircraft.

Military  surveillance  operations  typically use UAVs, RPVs, or drones to avoid
the cost and risk of manned surveillance vehicles in the event of an accident or
if the vehicle is shot down. These  inexpensive  drones are controlled in flight
by a Company command and control system,  which may be mounted in a trailer that
may be moved  from  place to place by  helicopter  or truck.  The  Company  also
manufactures  portable  command and control  systems that are mounted on tripods
that can be easily transported by an operational team. The portable units permit
ready  deployment  in rugged  terrain and may also be used on ships  during open
ocean exercises.

In recent years, teaming arrangements between prime military contractors and the
Company have increased.  Large companies bidding on major programs seek to align
themselves with parts and systems manufacturers such as the Company for economic
reasons  as well as for the  technical  expertise  afforded  by such  alliances.
Teaming  arrangements with Tracor  Corporation and Northrop Grumman  Corporation
have  resulted in awards to the  Company  for  command  and  control  systems in
Australia and  Singapore,  and the Company is presently  negotiating  additional
teaming arrangements.

                Telemetry Systems

Missile,  UAV,  or target  testing on  domestic  and  international  test ranges
requires  flight safety and  performance  data  transmission  to maximize flight
safety during the test operation.  Surveillance and intelligence  gathering UAVs
also  require a data  transmission  downlink  and a command and control  systems
uplink to accomplish their mission. The Company has developed a telemetry system
capability that can be configured to meet individual  customers' needs.  Various
components  of  the  system  include  data  encoders,  transmitters  and  flight
termination  receivers.  Each  has a  distinctive  role  and  each is key to the
success of the mission.

In 1972,  Metraplex began developing data encoding and  acquisition,  and signal
conditioning  equipment.  Metraplex is now a leading  manufacturer of PCM and FM
telemetry  and data  acquisition  systems for severe  environment  applications,
whose   products  are  used   worldwide   for  testing   space  launch   vehicle
instrumentation,   aircraft  flight  testing,  and  amphibian,   industrial  and
automotive vehicle testing.  The product portfolio ranges in size and complexity
from miniature encoders to completely programmable data acquisition systems.

The  Company's  1997  acquisition  of  Metraplex  allows the  Company to offer a
complete airborne data link system.  With the digital capability of Metraplex in
data  encoding  and  acquisition  elements  combined  with the  radio  frequency
capability  of the Company in providing its  telemetry  transmitters  and flight
termination  receivers,  the  Company  offers a full line of narrow or wide band
airborne  telemetry  systems to meet a wide variety of  industrial  needs,  both
domestically and internationally.

                Transponders

The Company manufactures a variety of expendable  transponders,  including range
safety,  identification friend or foe ("IFF"),  command and control, and scoring
systems.

Transponders  are  small,   expendable,   electronic  systems  consisting  of  a
transmitter,   sensitive  receiver  and  internal  signal  processing  equipment
comprised of active and passive components,  including  microwave  subassemblies
such as  amplifiers,  oscillators  and  circulators.  The  transponder  receives
signals from radars,  changes and amplifies  the  frequency of the signals,  and
sends back a reply on a different frequency and signal

                                        3

<PAGE>



level.  This reply will be a strong,  noise free signal upon which the  tracking
radar can "lock," and one which is far  superior  to skin  reflection  tracking,
particularly under adverse weather conditions after the launch.

In range safety  applications,  transponders  enable accurate  tracking of space
launch  and  unmanned  aerial  vehicles,  missiles,  and  target  drones so that
position and direction are known  throughout its flight.  In the case of several
defense and commercial  space launch vehicles  (i.e.,  Delta,  Atlas,  Titan and
Pegasus),  the Herley  transponder  is tracked by the ground launch team all the
way to space  orbit,  and in certain  instances  through  several  orbits,  as a
reference  location  point in space to assure  that the launch  payload has been
properly placed in orbit.

IFF transponders, which are used in conjunction with the FAA Air Traffic Control
System,  enable ground controllers to identify the unmanned targets,  drones and
cruise  missiles on which these units fly and to vector  other  manned  aircraft
safely away from the flight path of the unmanned aerial vehicle.

Command and control  transponders  provide the link through the telemetry system
for relaying ground signals to direct the vehicle's flight.  The uplink from the
ground control station, a series of coded pulse groups, carries the signals that
command the flight control  guidance system of the vehicle.  The downlink to the
ground   provides   both  tracking   signals  for  range  safety,   as  well  as
acknowledgment and status of the uplink commands and their implementation in the
vehicle. The transponder is therefore the means to fly the vehicle.

Scoring  systems are mounted on both airborne and sea targets.  Scoring  systems
enable test and evaluation engineers to determine the "miss-distance"  between a
projectile and the target at which it has been launched.

                Flight Termination Receiver

A flight  termination  receiver ("FTR") is installed in a test missile, a UAV, a
target or a space  launch  vehicle  as a safety  device.  The FTR has a built-in
decoder that enables it to receive a complex  series of audio tones which,  when
appropriate,  will set off an explosive charge that will destroy the vehicle.  A
Range Safety Officer ("RSO") using the range safety  transponder  will track the
vehicle in flight to  determine  if it is  performing  as  required.  If the RSO
detects a malfunction  in the test or launch vehicle that causes it to veer from
a planned trajectory in a manner that may endanger personnel or facilities,  the
RSO will  transmit a coded  signal to the  onboard  FTR to explode  the  vehicle
harmlessly.

                HF Communications and IFF Interrogators

The  Company  also  designs  and  manufactures  high  frequency  radio  and  IFF
interrogators.  This high frequency communications equipment is used by the U.S.
Navy and foreign  navies that conduct  joint  military  exercises  with the U.S.
Navy. The IFF interrogators are used as part of shipboard equipment and are also
placed on coastlines,  where they are employed as silent  sentries.  The Company
has been a significant supplier to the Republic of Korea ("ROK") for over twenty
years and has a large,  established installed base of equipment. The Company has
been, and continues to be, a supplier to the ROK KDX destroyer program.

Products - Microwave Components

Herley   manufactures   microwave   devices   at  its   facilities   in  Woburn,
Massachusetts;  in Farmingdale,  New York; and in Jerusalem, Israel for existing
long-term  military  programs,  for new production  units,  as well as for spare
parts and repair  services.  These  microwave  devices  are used in a variety of
radar, communications and missile applications, including airborne and shipboard
navigation and missile guidance systems.

The Company  designs and  manufactures  complex  microwave  integrated  circuits
("MICs"), which consist of sophisticated assemblies that perform many functions,
primarily  involving  switching of microwave  signals.  MICs manufactured by the
Company are employed in many defense electronics military systems as well as

                                        4

<PAGE>



missile programs. The Company also manufactures magnetrons,  which are the power
source utilized in the production of the Company's transponders.

The Company's three facilities that manufacture  microwave  devices each have an
area of  specialization  that tends to limit the competitive  pricing  pressures
generally found in the commercial  business area.  Herley seeks the more limited
production,  higher  unit  cost  microwave  subsystem  applications,  where  the
Company's engineering experience is of primary advantage to its customers.

In Woburn, Herley specializes in high power microwave devices,  generally narrow
band,  that are used in radar system  transmitters  and in long range  missiles.
While there are many  suppliers  of low power  microwave  components,  there are
relatively few companies  with the  expertise,  or facilities to design and test
high power devices.  High power devices  frequently use small amounts of nuclear
material to enhance  breakdown  of high energy  pulses and Herley is one of very
few companies with an active nuclear  license that permits the handling of these
trace amounts of nuclear materials.

The  Company has more  recently  become the  preeminent  supplier of solid state
receiver  protector  devices,  that are able to  withstand  high  energy  pulses
without the use of nuclear  materials.  These high power devices protect a radar
receiver from  transient  bursts of microwave  energy and are employed in almost
every  military and  commercial  radar system.  For its  engineering  efforts in
designing  solid state  receiver  protectors for the F-16, the United States Air
Force  awarded  the  Company  cash  awards  as  part of the  government's  value
engineering program.

In  Farmingdale,  Herley produces lower power,  broad band microwave  integrated
assemblies  for the electronic  defense  business  area.  These costly,  complex
assemblies  combine  microwave  functions  such as  amplification,  attenuation,
switching  of  multiple  signals,   and  phase  and  amplitude  control.   Their
applications include Rear Warning Receivers (RWR's),  Electronics Countermeasure
(ECM) systems, and highly sensitive receiver systems.

In Farmingdale,  the Company also produces  components that are sold through its
GMC  catalog,  which for almost  forty years has been the  microwave  engineer's
handbook for attenuating devices and IQ modulation and phase shifters.

The Company sells its catalog  products to  engineering  design  facilities on a
worldwide  basis, and is considered the industry leader in attenuators and phase
shifters.

The Company's Israel division supplies microwave sources, which generate signals
that  are  used  in  microwave  oscillators.  Herley's  Israel  operation  sells
approximately  equally to various foreign  governments  and to the U.S.  defense
industry.  The Company  specializes in digitally tuned  oscillators  (DTO's),  a
critical component of many ECM systems.

With its three facilities and their diverse specialties, Herley is able to offer
its customers a more broadly based  solution in the form of complex,  integrated
microwave assemblies.  In the modular approach now common in the design of radar
and ECM  systems,  the  entire  system may  comprise  only a handful of SR (Shop
Replaceable) or LR (Line  Replaceable)  units. The Company's goal is to become a
supplier  of  this  magnitude  to  its  existing  customer  base,   through  the
combination of its microwave capabilities.

New Product Development and Applications

The Company  believes that its growth depends,  in part, on its ability to renew
and expand its technology, products, and design and manufacturing processes with
an emphasis on cost effectiveness.  The Company's primary efforts are focused on
engineering design and product development activities rather than pure research.
A substantial portion of the Company's  development  activities have been funded
by the Company's customers.

                                        5

<PAGE>



Certain of the  Company's  officers and  engineers are involved at various times
and in varying degrees in these  activities.  The Company's  policy is to assign
the required  engineering and support people, on an ad hoc basis, to new product
development as needs require and budgets permit.  The cost of these  development
activities,  including employees' time and prototype development, net of amounts
paid by customers, were approximately $1,685,000,  $1,562,000, and $1,828,000 in
fiscal 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

Government Contracts

A substantial part of the Company's sales are made to U.S. government  agencies,
prime  contractors  or   subcontractors  on  military  or  aerospace   programs.
Government  contracts  are  awarded  either on a  competitive  bid basis or on a
negotiated  sole  source  procurement  basis.  Contracts  awarded on a bid basis
involve several  competitors bidding on the same program with the contract being
awarded  based  upon  price and  ability  to  perform.  Negotiated  sole  source
procurement  is  utilized  if the  Company  is  deemed by the  customer  to have
developed  proprietary equipment not available from other parties or where there
is a very stringent delivery schedule.

Substantially  all  of  the  Company's  government  contracts  are  fixed  price
contracts,  some of which  require  delivery  over time periods in excess of one
year.  With this type of contract,  the Company agrees to deliver  products at a
fixed price except for costs  incurred  because of change  orders  issued by the
customer.

In accordance with  Department of Defense  procedures,  all contracts  involving
government programs may be terminated by the government, in whole or in part, at
the  government's  discretion.  In  the  event  of  such  a  termination,  prime
contractors on such contracts are required to terminate  their  subcontracts  on
the program and the  government or the prime  contractor is obligated to pay the
costs incurred by the Company under the contract to the date of termination plus
a fee based on the work completed.

Business Acquisition

As of January 4, 1999,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of all of the
issued and outstanding  common stock of GMC, a New York  corporation,  including
outstanding stock options,  for $18.00 per share and 966,675 three-year warrants
to purchase one share of the Company's  common stock,  at an aggregate  purchase
price of approximately $24,556,000. The purchase price includes shares of common
stock of GMC purchased in the open market,  acquisition of the remaining  shares
of  common  stock  outstanding,  an  estimate  of the fair  market  value of the
warrants based on the trading price of similar warrants currently on the market,
and  transaction  expenses.  The warrants are exercisable at $15.60 per share of
common stock of the Company and expire in January 2002.

GMC designs,  manufactures and markets microwave components and subsystems,  and
related electronic test and measurement equipment.  The company is headquartered
in Farmingdale,  New York, and operates two other facilities,  one in Billerica,
Massachusetts,  and one in Israel.  The transaction has been accounted for under
the purchase method.

Marketing and Distribution
The Company's  marketing approach is to determine  customer  requirements in the
developmental  stages of a program.  Marketing and  engineering  personnel  work
directly   with   the   customer's   engineering   group  to   develop   product
specifications.  The Company  receives its awards based upon an  evaluation of a
number of factors,  including technical ranking,  price,  overall capability and
past performance.  Follow-up  contracts  (including options) on the same program
are  normally   negotiated  with  customers  rather  than  being  subject  to  a
competitive bidding process.


                                        6

<PAGE>



Backlog

The Company's backlog of firm orders was approximately  $49,230,000 on August 1,
1999  ($30,533,000  in domestic  orders and  $18,697,000  in foreign  orders) as
compared to approximately $38,724,000 on August 2, 1998 ($25,727,000 in domestic
orders  and  $12,997,000  in  foreign  orders).   Management   anticipates  that
approximately  $42,585,000 of the backlog will be shipped during the fiscal year
ending July 30, 2000. There can be no assurance that the Company's  backlog will
result  in sales in any  particular  period,  or at all,  or that the  contracts
included in backlog that result in sales will be profitable.

Manufacturing, Assembly and Testing

Flight  instrumentation  devices  manufactured  by the Company for  military and
space launch  applications are subject to testing procedures based upon customer
requests. All of such testing is performed by the Company at its facilities.

All  electronic  parts are  procured in  controlled  lots that are  subjected to
physical  inspection and screening at Herley  facilities before use in products.
Physical  inspection  may  require the use of high power  microscopes  and laser
scanned optical  comparators,  which match the characteristics of the part under
inspection to previously stored images.

The testing of high reliability space equipment is performed by complex computer
controlled  consoles that  continuously  monitor,  analyze and measure operating
parameters. Flight instrumentation products are tested over their full operating
temperature  range,  after  which the  equipment  is  evaluated  under  combined
vibration  and  temperature  cycling.  For initial  design  qualification,  this
testing may extend for several months and include  evaluation of electromagnetic
interference behavior ("EMI"),  ability to survive pyrotechnic shock (simulating
explosive charge detonation for space vehicle stage separation) and the combined
effects of external vacuum with heating and cooling.

Electronic components and other raw materials used in the Company's products are
purchased  by the  Company  from a large  number  of  suppliers  and all of such
materials are readily  available from alternate  sources,  with the exception of
one component part which, if unavailable, can be manufactured by the Company.

The  Company  does not  maintain  any  significant  level of  finished  products
inventory.  Raw  materials are  generally  purchased for specific  contracts and
common  components  are purchased  for stock based on the  Company's  firm fixed
backlog.

There are no significant  environmental  control procedures  required concerning
the discharge of materials into the  environment  that would require the Company
to invest in any  significant  capital  equipment  or that would have a material
effect on the earnings of the Company or its competitive position.

Competition

The flight  instrumentation and microwave products that the Company manufactures
are subject to varied  competition  depending on the product and market  served.
Competition  is  generally  based  upon  technology,   design,  price  and  past
performance.  The Company's ability to compete for defense contracts depends, in
part, on its ability to offer better design and performance than its competitors
and its  readiness  in  facilities,  equipment  and  personnel  to  undertake to
complete the programs. In certain products or programs,  the Company believes it
is sole source,  which means that all work is directed to a single manufacturer.
In other cases, there may be other suppliers that have the capability to compete
for the programs involved,  but they can only enter or reenter the market if the
government  should  choose to reopen  the  particular  program  to  competition.
Competition  in follow-on  procurements  is generally  limited  after an initial
award  unless  the  original  supplier  has had  performance  problems.  Many of
Herley's competitors are larger and may have greater financial

                                        7

<PAGE>



resources  than  the  Company.   Competitors  include  Signal  Technology,   L-3
Communications Corporation, Microsystems, Inc., AMP, Inc. and Remec, Inc.

Employees

As of October 10, 1999, the Company employed 511 full-time  persons.  A total of
386 employees were engaged in manufacturing, 63 in engineering, 26 in marketing,
contract  administration  and field  services  and the  balance in  general  and
administrative  functions.  None  of the  Company's  employees  are  covered  by
collective   bargaining  agreements  and  the  Company  considers  its  employee
relations to be satisfactory.  The Company believes that its future success will
depend,  in part, on its continued  ability to recruit and retain highly skilled
technical,  managerial  and marketing  personnel.  To assist in  recruiting  and
retaining  such  personnel,  the Company has  established  competitive  benefits
programs, including a 401k employee savings plan and stock option plans.

Intellectual Property

The Company does not presently hold a significant  number of patents  applicable
to its  products.  In order to protect its  intellectual  property  rights,  the
Company  relies on a combination  of trade secret,  copyright and trademark laws
and  certain  employee  and  third-party  nondisclosure  agreements,  as well as
limiting access to and distribution of proprietary information.  There can be no
assurance  that the steps  taken by the  Company  to  protect  its  intellectual
property  rights will be adequate to prevent  misappropriation  of the Company's
technology  or  to  preclude  competitors  from  independently  developing  such
technology.   Trade  secret  and  copyright  laws  afford  the  Company  limited
protection.


                                        8

<PAGE>




Item 2.  Properties

The Company's properties are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           Owned
                                                                                             or
Location                                Purpose of Property                   Area         Leased
- ------------------------    ------------------------------------------    --------------   ------
<S>                         <C>                                           <C>              <C>
Lancaster, PA (1)           Production, engineering, administrative       71,200 sq. ft.   Owned
   and executive offices
Woburn, MA                  Production, engineering and administration    60,000 sq. ft.   Owned

Farmingdale, NY (2)         Production, engineering and administration    46,000 sq. ft.   Leased

Jerusalem, Israel           Production, engineering and administration    12,000 sq. ft.   Owned

Billerica, MA (3)           Production, and engineering                    8,000 sq. ft.   Leased

Chicago, IL                 Engineering and administration                 3,000 sq. ft.   Leased

Lancaster, PA               Land held for expansion                        20.4 Acres      Owned
- --------------
<FN>
     (1) The Company's  executive offices occupy  approximately 4,000 sq. ft. of
space at this facility with  engineering and  administrative  offices  occupying
10,000 sq. ft. each.
     (2) On September 23, 1999 the Company closed on the sale of its prior owned
facility in  Amityville,  NY and relocated the plant to this leased  facility in
Farmingdale,  NY. The  Company  entered  into a 10 year lease  agreement  with a
partnership owned by the children of certain officers of the Company.  The lease
provides for initial  minimum annual rent of $312,390,  subject to escalation of
approximately 4% annually throughout the 10 year term.
     (3) The Company intends to move all production and  engineering  activities
from Billerica,  MA to its facilities in Woburn,  MA during the first quarter of
fiscal 2000. The Company will look for a tenant to sublease the facility.
</FN>
</TABLE>

The  Company  believes  that its  facilities  are  adequate  for its current and
presently anticipated future needs.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

The Company is not involved in any material legal proceedings.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

     Not Applicable.


                                        9

<PAGE>



PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholders
       Matters

     (a)   The Company's  Common Stock is traded in the NASDAQ  National  Market
           under the symbol HRLY.  The  following  table sets forth the high and
           low sales  price as reported  by the NASDAQ  National  Market for the
           Company's Common Stock for the periods  indicated and gives effect to
           the  four-for-three  stock split of the Common Stock on September 30,
           1997.
                                                       Common Stock
                                                      --------------
                                                       High     Low
                                                      -----    -----
     Fiscal Year 1998
         First Quarter............................... 15.00    10.13
         Second Quarter.............................. 14.75    10.50
         Third Quarter............................... 14.69    10.88
         Fourth Quarter.............................. 14.25     8.63
     Fiscal Year 1999
         First Quarter............................... 10.50     7.63
         Second Quarter.............................. 15.31     9.56
         Third Quarter............................... 15.13    11.13
         Fourth Quarter.............................. 16.19    11.50
     Fiscal Year 2000
         First Quarter (through October 11, 1999).... 15.00    12.94

     The closing price on October 11, 1999 was $14.375.

     (b)   As of October 11, 1999, there were approximately 1,000 record holders
           of the Company's Common Stock.
     (c)   There have been no cash dividends  declared or paid by the Company on
           its Common Stock during the past two fiscal years.

     Item 6.  Selected Financial Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       53 Weeks
                                                  52 Weeks ended         Ended         52 Weeks ended
                                             August 1,     August 2,   August 3,    July 28,    July 30,
                                             1999 (2)      1998 (3)      1997         1996      1995 (4)
                                             --------      --------    ---------    --------    --------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Net sales                                 $ 61,035,722   40,797,991   32,195,168   29,001,404  24,450,267
                                            ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========  ===========

Net income (loss)                         $  7,734,877    5,496,608    4,803,659    3,668,956  (4,890,166)
                                            ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========  ===========

Earnings (loss) per common share (1)
     Basic                                    $ 1.48         1.11         1.18          .97       (.98)
                                                ====         ====         ====          ===       =====
     Assuming Dilution                        $ 1.37         1.02         1.01          .86       (.98)
                                                ====         ====         ====          ===       =====

Total Assets                              $ 74,056,237   57,552,529   39,257,186   42,508,942   42,229,282
Total Current Liabilities                 $ 10,513,340    9,843,041    9,813,376    7,559,306    9,973,866
Long-Term Debt net of current portion     $ 15,437,390    4,110,885    2,890,000   11,021,000   10,525,000
- ------------------
<FN>

     (1) As adjusted to give effect to a 4-for-3 stock split effective September
     30, 1997.

     (2) On January 4, 1999, the Company acquired General Microwave Corporation.
     See Note B of the financial statements.

     (3) On August 4, 1997, the Company acquired Metraplex Corporation. See Note
     B of the financial  statements.  (4) Fiscal 1995 includes settlement costs,
     legal fees, and related expenses in the amount of approximately  $5,447,000
     in connection with the settlement of certain legal claims.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       10

<PAGE>





Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
                  Results of Operations

Overview

The  Company  is  engaged  in  the  design,   manufacture  and  sale  of  flight
instrumentation components and systems, and microwave products, primarily to the
U.S.   government,   foreign  governments,   and  aerospace  companies.   Flight
instrumentation  products  include  command and control  systems,  transponders,
flight  termination  receivers,   telemetry  transmitters  and  receivers,   PCM
encoders, and scoring systems. Flight instrumentation  products are used to: (i)
accurately  track the flight of space launch vehicles,  targets,  and UAVs, (ii)
communicate between ground systems and the airborne vehicle, (iii) if necessary,
destroy the vehicle if it is veering from its planned trajectory, and (iv) train
troops and test weapons.

The  Company  is  also  engaged  in the  design,  development,  manufacture  and
marketing of microwave devices and electronic systems, equipment and components.
A  substantial   portion  of  the  Company's  microwave  products  are  sold  to
manufacturers  and users of microwave  systems and equipment for applications in
the defense  electronics  industry,  including in connection  with the radar and
defense  electronic  systems on  tactical  fighter  aircraft,  as well as in the
Company's flight  instrumentation  systems and products.  The Company also sells
these  components and equipment for use in the  industrial  sector as well as in
commercial telecommunications industries. Typical applications for the Company's
microwave products include electronic warfare and countermeasures,  airborne and
shipboard  navigation  and  communications,   radar  systems,  missile  guidance
systems, automatic test equipment, and satellite communications.

Of the Company's total backlog of $49,230,000 at August 1, 1999,  $30,533,000 is
attributable  to domestic  orders and  $18,697,000  is  attributable  to foreign
orders.  Management  anticipates that  approximately  $42,585,000 of its backlog
will be  shipped  during the fiscal  year  ending  July 30,  2000.  The  Company
includes  in its backlog  only firm  orders for which it has  accepted a written
purchase  order.  In  accordance  with  Department  of Defense  procedures,  all
contracts involving government programs may be terminated by the government,  in
whole  or in  part,  at the  government's  discretion.  In the  event  of such a
termination, prime contractors on such contracts are required to terminate their
subcontracts  on the  program  and the  government  or the prime  contractor  is
obligated  to pay the costs  incurred by the Company  under the  contract to the
date of termination plus a fee based upon work completed.

Substantially all of the Company's contracts are fixed price contracts,  wherein
sales and related costs are generally  recorded as deliveries are made.  Many of
these  contracts  include  options  exercisable  by the customer for  additional
products or systems at a fixed price.  Certain costs under long-term fixed price
contracts,  principally directly or indirectly with the U.S.  Government,  which
include   non-recurring   engineering,   are  deferred  until  these  costs  are
contractually  billable. The failure to anticipate technical problems,  estimate
costs accurately or control costs during a fixed price contract,  including with
respect  to any  option  for  additional  products  or  systems,  may reduce the
Company's  profitability  or cause a loss  under  the  contract.  Revenue  under
certain  long-term,  fixed  price  contracts,  principally  command  and control
shelters, is recognized using the percentage of completion method of accounting.
Revenue recognized on these contracts is based on estimated  completion to date,
which is the total contract amount  multiplied by percent of performance,  based
on total costs incurred in relation to total estimated cost at completion. As of
August 2, 1998,  costs  incurred and income  recognized in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts was $1,665,008.  There were no long-term contracts of this
nature as of August 1, 1999.  Losses,  if any, on contracts  are  recorded  when
first reasonably determined.

The Company  believes that its growth depends on its ability to renew and expand
its  technology,  products,  and  design  and  manufacturing  processes  with an
emphasis on cost  effectiveness.  The Company's  primary  efforts are focused on
engineering  design  and  product  development  activities,   rather  than  pure
research. The cost of

                                       11

<PAGE>



these   development   activities,   including   employees'  time  and  prototype
development,   net   of   amounts   paid   by   customers,   was   approximately
$1,685,000,$1,562,000,  and  $1,828,000  in fiscal  years  1999,  1998 and 1997,
respectively.  Costs of the  Company's  internally  funded  product  development
efforts are  included in the  Company's  operating  expenses as cost of products
sold. Revenue from customer funded product  development is included in net sales
and the related product  development costs also are included in cost of products
sold.

The  Company's  effective tax rate for fiscal 1999 and 1998 was 34.3% and 34.8%,
respectively.  The lower effective rate of 9.1% in 1997 reflects the utilization
of prior year net operating loss  carryforwards  and the reversal of a valuation
allowance  established in 1995. The valuation allowance was established based on
management's  uncertainty  that past  performance  would be indicative of future
earnings. In August 1997, the Company established a foreign sales corporation as
part of an overall  domestic  tax  strategy to reduce its  effective  income tax
rate.

Results of Operations

The  following  table sets forth for the  periods  indicated  certain  financial
information  derived  from  the  Company's  consolidated  statements  of  income
expressed as a percentage of net sales. There can be no assurance that trends in
sales growth or operating results will continue in the future.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  53 weeks
                                                           52 weeks ended          ended
                                                        August 1,    August 2,    August 3,
                                                          1999         1998         1997
                                                          ----         ----         ----
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales                                                100.0 %      100.0 %      100.0 %

Cost of products sold                                     60.2 %       59.2 %       64.5 %
                                                          ------       ------       ------
Gross profit                                              39.8 %       40.8 %       35.5 %
Selling and administrative expenses                       19.5 %       20.4 %       19.5 %
                                                          ------       ------       ------

Operating income                                          20.3 %       20.3 %       16.0 %
                                                          ------       ------       ------

Other income, net:
        Investment income                                  0.5 %        1.4 %        2.1 %
        Interest expense                                  (1.2)%       (1.1)%       (1.7)%
                                                          (0.7)%        0.3 %        0.4 %
                                                          ------       ------       ------

Income before income taxes and extraordinary item         19.6 %       20.7 %       16.4 %
Provision for income taxes                                 6.7 %        7.2 %        1.5 %
                                                          ------       ------       ------
Income before extraordinary item                          12.9 %       13.5 %       14.9 %
Extraordinary item                                        (0.2)%       -            -
                                                          ------       ------       ------
Net income                                                12.7 %       13.5 %       14.9 %
                                                          ------       ------       ------

</TABLE>



                                       12

<PAGE>



    Fiscal 1999 Compared to Fiscal 1998

Net sales for the 52 weeks ended August 1, 1999 were  approximately  $61,036,000
compared to  $40,798,000  for fiscal  1998.  The sales  increase of  $20,238,000
(49.6%) is primarily  attributable  to the  acquisition  of GMC as of January 4,
1999 which  contributed  $14,374,000  in revenues in fiscal  1999,as  well as an
increase  in net sales of  approximately  $3,508,000  in flight  instrumentation
products, and approximately $2,356,000 in microwave components.

Gross  profit  of 39.8% for the 52 weeks  ended  August 1, 1999 is less than the
prior  year of 40.8%.  The  decline  in margin of 1% is due  primarily  to lower
margins on microwave components, as well as the lower margins generated from the
added GMC revenues.

Selling and  administrative  expenses for the 52 weeks ended August 1, 1999 were
$11,877,000  compared to $8,339,000  for fiscal 1998, an increase of $3,538,000.
The acquisition of GMC added $3,222,000 in selling and  administrative  expenses
in fiscal 1999.  As a percentage  of revenues,  expenses  declined from 20.4% in
1998 to 19.5% in 1999.

Investment  income  declined  $288,000  from the prior year due to a decrease in
investments,  the proceeds of which were used to partially fund the  acquisition
of GMC. In addition,  bank borrowings of approximately  $11,400,000 used to fund
the balance of the acquisition price resulted in additional  interest expense of
approximately $302,000.

In February 1999, the Company  refinanced the existing  mortgage on its property
located in  Lancaster,  Pa. The proceeds of the new  mortgage  loan were used to
prepay the existing  mortgage note having an  outstanding  principal  balance of
$2,890,000 plus a prepayment  premium of $115,600.  Unamortized debt expenses of
$79,226 and the $115,600 prepayment premium related to the early  extinguishment
of the existing mortgage debt were charged to expense as an extraordinary  loss,
net of an income tax benefit of $68,000.

    Fiscal 1998 Compared to Fiscal 1997

Net sales for the 52 weeks ended August 2, 1998 were  approximately  $40,798,000
compared to  $32,195,000  for fiscal  1997.  The sales  increase  of  $8,603,000
(26.7%) is primarily attributable to the acquisition of Metraplex Corporation as
of August 4, 1997 which  contributed  $4,015,000  in revenues in fiscal 1998, an
increase of approximately $3,542,000 in flight instrumentation  products, and an
increase of approximately $1,046,000 in microwave components.

Gross profit of 40.8% for the 52 weeks ended  August 2, 1998  exceeded the prior
year of 35.5% due to an increase of $2,545,000  in higher  margin  foreign sales
from  $9,398,000  in 1997 to  $11,943,000  in  1998,  and  improved  margins  in
microwave components, as well as an increase in absorption of fixed costs due to
the higher sales volume.

Selling and  administrative  expenses for the 52 weeks ended August 2, 1998 were
$8,339,000  compared to $6,293,000  for fiscal 1997, an increase of  $2,046,000.
The  addition  of  Metraplex   Corporation   added  $1,195,000  in  selling  and
administrative  expenses in fiscal 1998. In addition,  $304,000 of the change is
attributable to increased  representative fees on foreign sales, $415,000 is due
to  increased  personnel  and  related  expenses,  including  additional  travel
expenses,  and  $350,000  relates to increased  consulting  fees  primarily  for
software  changes  addressing  the year  2000  computer  software  issues.  Such
increases  were offset by cost  savings of $243,000  related to the  transfer of
substantially  all of the  production  from the  Stewart  Warner  facilities  in
Chicago to the Company's facilities in Lancaster,  Pennsylvania. As a percentage
of net sales,  selling and administrative  expenses increased from 19.5% in 1997
to 20.4% in 1998.

Other income, net, for the 52 weeks ended August 2, 1998 was consistent with the
prior year.

                                       13

<PAGE>



The effective tax rate in 1998 was 34.8% as compared to 9.1% in fiscal 1997. The
1997 tax provision  reflects the  utilization  of prior year net operating  loss
carryforwards.  In 1995 a  valuation  allowance  had  been  provided  to  reduce
deferred  tax  assets  to  their  net  realizable   value   primarily  based  on
management's  uncertainty  that past  performance  would be indicative of future
earnings.  In 1997 the valuation allowance was reversed through the deferred tax
provision.  A  determining  factor in  assessing  the change was the  cumulative
income in recent years.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of August 1, 1999 and  August 2,  1998,  working  capital  was  approximately
$25,703,000 and  $26,593,000,  respectively,  and the ratio of current assets to
current  liabilities  was 3.44 to 1 and 3.70 to 1,  respectively.  At  August 1,
1999, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $2,741,000.

As of January 4, 1999,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of all of the
issued and outstanding  common stock of GMC, a New York  corporation,  including
outstanding stock options,  for $18.00 per share and 966,675 three-year warrants
to purchase one share of the Company's  common stock,  at an aggregate  purchase
price of approximately $24,556,000. The purchase price includes shares of common
stock of General  Microwave  purchased  in the open market,  acquisition  of the
remaining  shares of common  stock  outstanding,  an estimate of the fair market
value of the warrants based on the trading price of similar  warrants  currently
on the market, and transaction expenses.  The warrants are exercisable at $15.60
per share of common stock of the Company and expire in January 2002.

On  August  4,  1997,  the  Company   completed  the  acquisition  of  Metraplex
Corporation,  a Maryland  corporation for 313,139 (as adjusted) shares of common
stock of the Company,  with a fair market value of  $3,170,471,  in exchange for
all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Metraplex.

As is customary  in the defense  industry,  inventory  is partially  financed by
advance  payments.  The  unliquidated  balance  of these  advance  payments  was
approximately  $439,000 in 1999,  and  $1,825,000  in 1998.  The decrease in the
current  fiscal year is directly  attributable  to  shipments  under the related
contracts.

Net cash provided by operations was approximately  $12,723,000,  and $4,571,000,
in 1999, and 1998 respectively.

Net cash  used in  investing  activities  in 1999 of  approximately  $21,757,000
relates  primarily to the  acquisition of GMC, net of cash  acquired,  which was
funded by available cash balances and borrowings under the bank line of credit.

Net cash  flows from  financing  activities  in fiscal  1999  included:  (1) net
borrowings  under the bank line of credit of  $11,000,000  the proceeds of which
were used to  partially  fund the  acquisition  of GMC; (2)  refinancing  of the
existing mortgage on the property in Lancaster,  Pa., which reduced the interest
rate from 10.4% to 7.43% and extended the  repayment  schedule to 10 years;  and
(3) the  acquisition  of treasury  stock in the  aggregate  amount of $7,688,000
(which was funded through operations).

Net cash  provided  by  financing  activities  in fiscal  1998  consists  of net
proceeds of  $7,452,000  from the sale of 700,000  shares of common  stock,  and
1,265,000 Common Stock Purchase  Warrants to the public.  Net borrowings under a
bank line of credit  provided  $1,500,000 in financing.  The Company  received a
partial distribution of $592,824 from its M.D. Sass Municipal Finance Partners-I
limited  partnership  investment.  Cash was  used in  financing  activities  for
payments of long-term  debt of $2,257,000  and the purchase of treasury stock of
$1,084,000.  Cash provided by investing  activities  in 1997 resulted  primarily
from the liquidation of all the available-for-sale  securities,  and the sale of
the  Company's  interest  in  the  M.D.  Sass  Re/Enterprise-II,  L.P.,  limited
partnership.  The  Company  used  approximately  $9,715,000  of  these  funds in
financing activities

                                       14

<PAGE>



primarily for the net payment of outstanding  bank debt of  $7,250,000,  and the
purchase of treasury stock for $2,783,000.

The Company  maintains a revolving  credit facility with a bank for an aggregate
of $20,000,000,  which expires January 31, 2001. As of August 1, 1999 and August
2,  1998,  the  Company  had  borrowings  outstanding  under  this  facility  of
$12,500,000 and $1,500,000, respectively.

During the fiscal year ended August 1, 1999 the Company  acquired 561,050 shares
of its outstanding  common stock for $7,688,134  through open market  purchases,
pursuant to a stock  repurchase plan to acquire up to 1,250,000 shares of Common
Stock. In January 1998, the Company  purchased  89,888 shares of its outstanding
common stock for  $1,084,326  from certain  officers of the Company based on the
fair  market  value of the stock on the date  acquired.  During the fiscal  year
ended  August 3, 1997 the Company  acquired  244,519  shares of its  outstanding
common stock for $2,782,686  through open market purchases,  pursuant to a stock
purchase plan to acquire up to 300,000  pre-split shares of Common Stock,  which
was terminated in June 1997.

The Company also acquired 410,593,  42,016 and 463,639 shares of common stock in
fiscal 1999,  1998 and 1997,  respectively,  valued at $5,989,335,  $538,376 and
$6,429,124, respectively, in connection with certain "stock-for-stock" exercises
of stock options by which certain employees elected to surrender "mature" shares
owned in  settlement  of the option  price.  Such  exercises  are  treated as an
exercise  of a stock  option  and the  acquisition  of  treasury  shares  by the
Company. See "Management - Stock Plans."

The Company believes that presently anticipated future cash requirements will be
provided by internally generated funds and existing credit facilities.

Subsequent Event

On  September  23,  1999 the  Company  closed on the sale of GMC's  property  in
Amityville,   New  York  and  relocated  the  plant  to  a  leased  facility  in
Farmingdale,  New  York.  The  Company  used the net  proceeds  from the sale of
approximately  $4,159,000,  which  approximates  the net  carrying  value of the
property, to partially fund the buy back of its common stock through open market
purchases in September 1999.

Year 2000 Readiness

The  "Year  2000"  problem  relates  to  computer  systems  that  have  time and
date-sensitive  programs that were designed to read years  beginning  with "19",
but may not properly  recognize the year 2000. If a computer  system or software
application  used by the Company or a third party dealing with the Company fails
because of the inability of the system or  application to properly read the year
2000 the results could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

A substantial  part of the Company's  revenues are derived from firm fixed price
contracts with U.S. government agencies,  prime contractors or subcontractors on
military or aerospace programs, and many foreign governments.  If the Company is
unable to perform under these contracts due to a Year 2000 problem, the customer
could terminate the contract for default. While lost revenues from such an event
are a concern for the Company,  the greater risks are the consequential  damages
for  which  the  Company  could be  liable  for  failure  to  perform  under the
contracts.  Such damages could have a material  adverse  impact on the Company's
results of operations and financial position.

The most likely  reason for a customer to terminate a contract for default would
be due to the Company's  inability to manufacture  and deliver product under the
contract.  Breakdowns  in any  number  of the  Company's  computer  systems  and
applications  could prevent the Company from being able to manufacture  and ship
its products.  Examples are failures in the Company's manufacturing  application
software,  computer chips embedded in engineering test equipment, lack of supply
of materials from its suppliers, or lack of power, heat,

                                       15

<PAGE>



or water from utilities servicing its facilities.  The Company's products do not
contain   computer   devices  that  require   remediation   to  meet  Year  2000
requirements.  A review of the Company's  status with respect to remediating its
computer systems for Year 2000 compliance is presented below.

For its information technology  requirements at its facilities in Lancaster,  PA
and Woburn,  MA, the Company currently  utilizes a Hewlett Packard  HP3000-based
computing  environment.  The HP3000  hardware  is in  compliance  with Year 2000
requirements.  The  Company's  financial,   manufacturing,  and  other  software
applications  related  to the  HP3000  were  updated  to  comply  with Year 2000
requirements  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  August  2,  1998  at a  cost  of
approximately $350,000. All modules have been fully tested and are compliant. In
addition,  the  Company  utilizes a wide area  network  ("WAN")  to connect  its
operating facilities to the HP3000. The WAN has been updated to comply with Year
2000 requirements. A local area network ("LAN") is used to supplement the HP3000
environment  and has also been  upgraded and is fully Year 2000  compliant.  The
financial  and  operational  systems  of GMC in  Farmingdale,  NY have also been
reviewed and tested and are in compliance with Year 2000 requirements.

The Company has also reviewed its utility systems (heat, light,  phones,  liquid
nitrogen, etc.) for the impact of Year 2000, as well as determining the state of
readiness  of its  material  suppliers  and test  equipment  manufacturers.  The
Company has received responses to its questionnaire from its major suppliers and
test equipment manufacturers regarding their compliance and attempts to identify
any problem areas with respect to their systems and equipment. No major problems
have been  identified.  However,  the Company  cannot control the conduct of its
suppliers.  Therefore,  there  can  be no  guarantee  that  Year  2000  problems
originating with a supplier will not occur.  The Company has developed  multiple
sources  for a  substantial  portion of its raw  material  requirements  and has
obtained  Year 2000  compliance  statements  from its  critical  suppliers,  and
therefore, does not believe there would be a significant disruption in supply.

The information set forth above identifies the key steps taken by the Company to
address the Year 2000  problem.  There can be no absolute  assurance  that third
parties will convert their systems in a timely manner. The Company believes that
its actions will minimize these risks and that any additional  cost of Year 2000
compliance for its  information  and production  systems will not be material to
its consolidated results of operations and financial position.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Company is subject to market risk  associated with changes in interest rates
and stock  prices.  The Company has not entered  into any  derivative  financial
instruments  to manage the above risks and the Company has not entered  into any
market risk  sensitive  instruments  for trading  purposes.  The Company's  debt
consists of a working capital line of credit with a bank having an interest rate
that is set  biweekly at 1.65% over the FOMC Target Rate (an  aggregate of 6.65%
as of August 1, 1999),  and a mortgage on its facilities in Lancaster,  Pa. at a
fixed rate of 7.43% The credit line is reviewed  on an annual  basis.  Since the
acquisition of GMC, the Company is subject to movements in foreign currency rate
changes related to GMC's Israel operations.  The Company does not anticipate any
other material changes in its primary market risk exposures in fiscal 2000.

As of August 1, 1999,  the Company  holds an investment in the common stock of a
public company that is exposed to price risk with a cost basis and a fair market
value basis of $143,330.


                                       16

<PAGE>



The table below provides  information about the Company's debt that is sensitive
to  changes  in  interest  rates.  The table  presents  principal  cash flows by
maturity  date.  Future  principal  payment cash flows by maturity date required
under the  mortgage  and line of credit,  and  corresponding  fair values are as
follows:

         Fiscal year ending during:           Mortgage      Line of Credit
         --------------------------           --------      --------------
                    2000                    $   68,000        $
                    2001                        73,000         12,500,000
                    2002                        78,000
                    2003                        84,000
                    2004                        91,000
                    2005 and later           2,509,000
                                             ---------         ----------
                                            $2,903,000        $12,500,000
                                             =========         ==========
                    Fair value              $2,903,000        $12,500,000
                                             =========         ==========

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The financial  statements and supplementary data listed in the Index on Page F-1
are filed as a part of this report.

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable

PART III

The  information  required  by Part  III is  incorporated  by  reference  to the
Company's  definitive  proxy  statement in connection with its Annual Meeting of
Stockholders  scheduled  to be  held in  January  2000,  to be  filed  with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  within 120 days  following  the end of the
Company's fiscal year ended August 1, 1999.

                                       17

<PAGE>



PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

(a)  Exhibits

      3.1 Certificate  of  Incorporation,  as amended  (Exhibit 3(a) of Form S-1
          Registration Statement No. 2- 87160).

      3.2 By-Laws,  as amended (Exhibit 3(b) of Form S-1 Registration  Statement
          No. 2-87160).

     10.1 1996 Stock Option Plan (Exhibit 10.1 of Annual Report on Form 10-K for
          the fiscal year ended July 28, 1996).

     10.2 1997 Stock Option Plan (Exhibit 10.1 of Report on Form 10-Q dated June
          10, 1997).

     10.3 1998 Stock Option Plan.

     10.4 Amendments  dated  January  26,  1999 and July 30,  1999to  Employment
          Agreement between Herley Industries, Inc. and Lee N. Blatt dated as of
          October 1, 1998.

     10.5 Amendments  dated  January 26,  1999 and July 30,  1999 to  Employment
          Agreement between Herley  Industries,  Inc. and Myron Levy dated as of
          October 1, 1998.

     10.6 Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  dated as of July 8, 1997 among
          the  Company,   Metraplex   Acquisition   Corporation   and  Metraplex
          Corporation  (Exhibit  2.1 of  Registration  Statement  Form S-3 dated
          September 4, 1997).

     10.7 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 21, 1998 among General
          Microwave Corp.,  Eleven General  Microwave Corp.,  Shareholders,  GMC
          Acquisition  Corporation  and  Registrant  (Exhibit 1 of Schedule  13D
          dated August 28, 1998).

     10.8 Lease  Agreement  dated  September 1, 1999 between  Registrant and RSK
          Realty LTD.

     10.9 Loan  Agreement  dated  February 16, 1999 between  Registrant  and The
          First National Bank of Maryland, a division of FMB Bank.

     23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.

     23.2 Consent of Brightman, BarLeva, Friedman & Co.

     27.  Financial Data Schedule (for electronic submission only).

(b)  Financial Statements

         See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at Page F-1.

(c)  Reports on Form 8-K

         None

                                       18

<PAGE>




SIGNATURES:

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on the 26th day of October, 1999.

                                         HERLEY  INDUSTRIES,  INC.


                                      By:   /S/  Lee N. Blatt
                                         -----------------------------------
                                         Lee N. Blatt, Chairman of the Board

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been  signed  below on  October  26,  1999 by the  following  persons in the
capacities indicated:


By:    /S/  Lee N. Blatt               Chairman of the Board
      ------------------               (Principal Executive Officer)
      Lee N. Blatt

By:    /S/  Myron Levy                 President and Director
      ----------------
      Myron Levy

By:    /S/  Anello C. Garefino         Vice President Finance, CFO, Treasurer
      ------------------------         (Principal Financial Officer)
      Anello C. Garefino

By:    /S/  David H. Lieberman         Secretary and Director
      ------------------------
      David H. Lieberman

By:    /S/  Thomas J. Allshouse        Director
      -------------------------
      Thomas J. Allshouse

By:    /S/  John A. Thonet             Director
      --------------------
      John A. Thonet

By:    /S/ Alvin M. Silver             Director
      --------------------
      Alvin M. Silver

By:    /S/ Edward K. Walker, Jr.       Director
      --------------------------
      Edward K. Walker, Jr.


                                       19

<PAGE>


Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


                             HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC.

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS................................    F-2

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

    Consolidated Balance Sheets, August 1, 1999 and  August 2, 1998.....    F-3

    Consolidated Statements of Income for the 52 weeks ended
       August 1, 1999, and August 2, 1998, and the 53 weeks
       ended August 3, 1997.............................................    F-4

    Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the 52 weeks
       ended August 1, 1999, and August 2, 1998, and the 53 weeks
       ended August 3, 1997.............................................    F-5

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the 52 Weeks Ended
       August 1, 1999, and August 2, 1998, and the 53 weeks
       ended August 3, 1997.............................................    F-6

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..........................    F-7



Schedules have been omitted as not applicable.


















                                       F-1


<PAGE>





                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors of
Herley Industries, Inc.:


We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Herley
Industries,  Inc. and  Subsidiaries as of August 1, 1999 and August 2, 1998, and
the related  consolidated  statements of income,  shareholders'  equity and cash
flows for the 52 weeks ended August 1, 1999 and August 2, 1998, and the 53 weeks
ended August 3, 1997. These financial  statements are the  responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial  statements  based  on our  audits.  We did not  audit  the  financial
statements of General  Microwave  (Israel)  Corporation  and  Subsidiary,  which
statements represent total assets and total revenues of 7% and 4%, respectively,
in 1999 of the related  consolidated  totals.  Those  statements were audited by
other auditors whose report was furnished to us, and our opinion,  insofar as it
relates to the  amounts  included  for those  entities,  is based  solely on the
report of the other auditors.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.

In our  opinion,  based on our  audits  and the  report of other  auditors,  the
financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the consolidated financial position of Herley Industries,  Inc. and Subsidiaries
as of August 1, 1999 and August 2, 1998, and the  consolidated  results of their
operations and their cash flows for the 52 weeks ended August 1, 1999 and August
2, 1998,  and the 53 weeks ended  August 3, 1997 in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.


                                                     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Lancaster, PA
 September 17, 1999


                                       F-2

<PAGE>


                    HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                         August 1,    August 2,
                                                           1999         1998
                                                        ----------   ----------
                         ASSETS
Current Assets:
        Cash and cash equivalents                     $  2,741,163 $ 10,689,193
        Accounts receivable                             10,678,638    6,193,947
        Costs incurred and income recognized in
           excess of billings on uncompleted
           contracts                                        -         1,665,008
        Other receivables                                  212,515      248,298
        Prepaid income taxes                                -           377,448
        Inventories                                     19,880,370   15,068,618
        Deferred taxes and other                         2,703,179    2,194,004
                                                        ----------   ----------
                Total Current Assets                    36,215,865   36,436,516

Property, Plant and Equipment, net                      21,888,553   12,549,343
Intangibles, net of amortization of $2,137,459
         in 1999 and $1,524,393 in 1998                 13,573,653    6,080,218
Available-for-sale Securities                              148,105      143,330
Other Investments                                          947,983      849,324
Other Assets                                             1,282,078    1,493,798
                                                        ==========   ==========
                                                      $ 74,056,237 $ 57,552,529
                                                        ==========   ==========
         LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities:
        Current portion of long-term debt             $    258,383 $    404,984
        Accounts payable and accrued expenses            8,035,211    6,468,183
        Income taxes payable                               276,160       -
        Reserve for contract losses                      1,505,048    1,145,128
        Advance payments on contracts                      438,538    1,824,746
                                                        ----------   ----------
                Total Current Liabilities               10,513,340    9,843,041
Long-term Debt                                          15,437,390    4,110,885
Deferred Income Taxes                                    5,143,837    3,158,353
Minority Interest                                           62,062       -
                                                        ----------   ----------
                                                        31,156,629   17,112,279
                                                        ----------   ----------
Commitments and Contingencies
Shareholders' Equity:
        Common stock, $.10 par value; authorized
          20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
          5,030,283 in 1999 and 5,266,159 in 1998          503,028      526,616
        Additional paid-in capital                      15,071,964   20,323,895
        Retained earnings                               27,324,616   19,589,739
                                                        ----------   ----------
                Total Shareholders' Equity              42,899,608   40,440,250

                                                        ==========   ==========
                                                      $ 74,056,237 $ 57,552,529
                                                        ==========   ==========

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>

                                 HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       53 weeks
                                                             52 weeks ended              ended
                                                         August 1,      August 2,      August 3,
                                                           1999           1998           1997
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales                                             $ 61,035,722   $ 40,797,991   $ 32,195,168
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------

Cost and expenses:
     Cost of products sold                              36,748,901     24,169,034     20,753,707
     Selling and administrative expenses                11,877,371      8,338,789      6,293,199
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                        48,626,272     32,507,823     27,046,906
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------
          Operating income                              12,409,450      8,290,168      5,148,262
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------
Other income (expense), net:
     Investment income                                     298,099        586,549        667,075
     Interest expense                                     (747,846)      (446,109)      (531,678)
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                          (449,747)       140,440        135,397
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------
          Income before income taxes and
             extraordinary item                         11,959,703      8,430,608      5,283,659
Provision for income taxes                               4,098,000      2,934,000        480,000
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------
          Income before extraordinary item               7,861,703      5,496,608      4,803,659
Extraordinary item - loss on extinguishment
     of debt (net of income tax benefit
     of $ 68,000)                                          126,826        -             -
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------
          Net income                                  $  7,734,877   $  5,496,608   $  4,803,659
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========
Earnings per common share - Basic
     Earnings before extraordinary item                  $ 1.50         $ 1.11         $ 1.18
     Extraordinary loss on extinguishment
          of debt                                           .02             -              -
                                                           ----           ----           ----
     Net earnings per common share - Basic               $ 1.48         $ 1.11         $ 1.18
                                                           ====           ====           ====

     Basic weighted average shares                       5,232,807      4,969,248      4,063,505
                                                         =========      =========      =========
Earnings per common share - Diluted
     Earnings before extraordinary item                    1.39         $ 1.02         $ 1.01
     Extraordinary loss on extinguishment
          of debt                                           .02             -              -
                                                           ----           ----           ----
     Net earnings per common share - Diluted             $ 1.37         $ 1.02         $ 1.01
                                                           ====           ====           ====

     Diluted weighted average shares                     5,660,096      5,407,283      4,733,682
                                                         =========      =========      =========

</TABLE>


     The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



                                       F-4


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 52 weeks ended August 1, 1999 and August 2, 1998, and 53 weeks ended August 3, 1997


                                                                      Additional
                                                      Common Stock    Paid-in        Retained       Treasury
                                         Shares          Amount       Capital        Earnings        Stock          Total
                                        ---------     ------------   ----------      ---------     ----------     ----------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance at July 28, 1996                2,936,122    $   293,612     11,448,827      9,289,472         --        $21,031,911

Net income                              4,803,659      4,803,659
Exercise of stock options
  and warrants                            929,060         92,906      6,653,917     (6,429,124)       317,699
Four-for-three stock split              1,052,341        105,234       (105,234)
Purchase of 244,519 shares
  of treasury stock                    (2,782,686)    (2,782,686)
Retirement of treasury shares            (708,158)       (70,816)    (9,140,994)     9,211,810

                                      -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Balance at August 3, 1997               4,209,365    $   420,936      8,856,516     14,093,131         --        $23,370,583

Net income                              5,496,608      5,496,608
Net proceeds from public offering
  of 700,000 shares of common stock
  and 1,265,000 warrants                  700,000         70,000      7,381,579      7,451,579
Issuance of common stock in
  connection with business acquired       313,139         31,314      3,139,157      3,170,471
Exercise of stock options
  and warrants                            175,559         17,556        885,289       (538,376)       364,469
Tax benefit upon exercise of stock
  options                               1,670,866      1,670,866
Purchase of 89,888 shares
  of treasury stock                    (1,084,326)    (1,084,326)
Retirement of treasury shares            (131,904)       (13,190)    (1,609,512)     1,622,702

                                      -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Balance at August 2, 1998               5,266,159    $   526,616     20,323,895     19,589,739         --        $40,440,250

Net income                              7,734,877      7,734,877
Issuance of warrants in
  connection with business acquired     1,450,000      1,450,000
Exercise of stock options
  and warrants                            735,767         73,576      4,751,301     (5,989,335)    (1,164,458)
Tax benefit upon exercise of stock
  options                               2,127,073      2,127,073
Purchase of 561,050 shares
  of treasury stock                    (7,688,134)    (7,688,134)
Retirement of treasury shares            (971,643)       (97,164)   (13,580,305)    13,677,469

                                      -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Balance at August 1, 1999               5,030,283    $   503,028     15,071,964     27,324,616         --        $42,899,608
                                      ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.




                                       F-5


<PAGE>

                                   HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     53 weeks
                                                                         52 weeks ended               ended
                                                                     August 1,        August 2,     August 3,
                                                                      1999             1998            1997
                                                                  --------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net Income                                                 $     7,734,877  $    5,496,608  $    4,803,659
                                                                  --------------   -------------   -------------
     Adjustments to reconcile net income
        to net cash provided by operations:
        Depreciation and amortization                                 3,289,303       1,869,459       1,538,283
        Gain on sale of available-for-sale
           securities and other investments                             -               -              (409,572)
        Extraordinary loss on extinguishment
           of debt, net of income taxes                                 126,826         -               -
        Equity in income of limited partnership                         (98,659)       (128,646)        -
        Decrease in deferred tax assets                                 483,117       1,207,090         -
        (Decrease) increase in deferred tax liabilities                (141,082)        173,245         773,336
        Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
           (Increase) in accounts receivable                           (361,117)       (767,997)     (1,927,298)
           Decrease (increase) in notes receivable-officers             -             2,100,913         (17,370)
           Decrease (increase) in costs incurred
               and income recognized in excess of
               billings on uncompleted contracts                      1,665,008      (1,665,008)        -
           Decrease (increase) in other receivables                      35,783         (23,132)        (27,156)
           Decrease (increase) in prepaid income taxes                  377,448        (377,448)        -
           Decrease (increase) in inventories                           729,327      (3,757,660)     (1,779,695)
           Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other            198,729         (55,200)       (371,078)
           (Decrease) increase in accounts payable and
               accrued expenses                                      (2,119,359)        773,399        (137,128)
           Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable                2,019,126         468,847         (89,660)
           Increase (decrease) in reserve for contract losses           359,920         667,128         (11,110)
           (Decrease) increase in advance payments
               on contracts                                          (1,620,106)     (1,363,870)      1,610,968
           Other, net                                                    44,149         (46,509)       (309,500)
                                                                  --------------   -------------   -------------
               Total adjustments                                      4,988,413        (925,389)     (1,156,980)
                                                                  --------------   -------------   -------------
        Net cash provided by operations                              12,723,290       4,571,219       3,646,679
                                                                  --------------   -------------   -------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired                  (20,101,475)        -               -
     Purchase of available-for-sale securities
        and other investments                                           -               -              (159,364)
     Proceeds from sale of fixed assets                                   6,700           1,100          15,468
     Partial distribution from limited partnership                      -               592,824         -
     Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities
        and other investments                                           -               -             7,164,538
     Capital expenditures                                            (1,662,246)     (1,645,204)       (862,129)
                                                                  --------------   -------------   -------------
        Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities         (21,757,021)     (1,051,280)      6,158,513
                                                                  --------------   -------------   -------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Net proceeds from public offering of common stock                  -             7,451,579         -
     Borrowings under bank line of credit                            29,500,000       4,050,000       2,825,000
     Proceeds from refinance of mortgage note                         2,915,000         -               -
     Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants, net       (1,164,248)        364,469         317,699
     Payments under bank line of credit                             (18,500,000)     (2,550,000)     (9,775,000)
     Payments of long-term debt                                        (971,107)     (2,257,118)       (300,000)
     Extinguishment of debt                                          (3,005,600)        -               -
     Purchase of treasury stock                                      (7,688,344)     (1,084,326)     (2,782,686)
                                                                  --------------   -------------   -------------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities           1,085,701       5,974,604      (9,714,987)
                                                                  --------------   -------------   -------------
        Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents         (7,948,030)      9,494,543          90,205
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                     10,689,193       1,194,650       1,104,445
                                                                  --------------   -------------   -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                      $     2,741,163  $   10,689,193  $    1,194,650
                                                                  ==============   =============   =============
Supplemental cash flow information:
     Cashless exercise of stock options                         $     5,989,335  $      538,376  $    6,429,124
                                                                  ==============   =============   =============
     Stock issued for business acquired                         $       -             3,170,471         -
                                                                  ==============   =============   =============
     Warrants issued for business acquired                      $     1,450,000         -               -
                                                                  ==============   =============   =============
     Tax benefit related to stock options                       $     2,127,073       1,670,866         -
                                                                  ==============   =============   =============
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       F-6


<PAGE>
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1.     Nature of Operations

       The  Company,  a  Delaware   corporation,   is  engaged  in  the  design,
       development,  manufacture and sale of flight  instrumentation  components
       and systems,  and microwave products,  primarily to aerospace  companies,
       the U.S. government, and several foreign governments.  The Company's main
       products  include a variety  of  transponders  which are used to  enhance
       radar signals to accurately track the flight of space launch vehicles and
       aircraft, as well as microwave devices and command and control systems.

2.     Fiscal Year

       The Company's fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to July 31. Normally
       each  fiscal year  consists of 52 weeks,  but every five or six years the
       fiscal  year  will  consist  of 53  weeks.  Fiscal  years  1999  and 1998
       consisted of 52 weeks, and fiscal year 1997 consisted of 53 weeks.

3.     Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

       The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts of Herley
       Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned. All
       significant  inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated
       in consolidation.  The presentation of financial statements in conformity
       with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
       estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported amounts of assets and
       liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the
       date of the financial  statements as well as revenues and expenses during
       the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

4.     Cash and Cash Equivalents

       The Company considers all liquid investments with an original maturity of
       three months or less at the date of acquisition  to be cash  equivalents.
       Short-term  investments  are recorded at the amortized  cost plus accrued
       interest which  approximates  market value. The Company limits its credit
       risk to an  acceptable  level by  evaluating  the  financial  strength of
       institutions  at which  significant  investments  are made and based upon
       credit ratings.

5.     Concentration of Credit Risk

       Financial  instruments  which  potentially  subject the Company to credit
       risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable.  Accounts receivable
       are  principally  from  the  U.S.   Government,   major  U.S.  Government
       contractors,  several foreign governments,  and domestic customers in the
       aerospace  and  defense  industries.  Credit  is  extended  based  on  an
       evaluation of the customer's financial condition and generally collateral
       is not required.  In many cases irrevocable letters of credit accompanied
       by advanced  payments are received from foreign  customers,  and progress
       payments are  received  from  domestic  customers.  The Company  performs
       periodic credit  evaluations of its customers and maintains  reserves for
       potential credit losses.

6.     Inventories

       Inventories,  other than inventory costs relating to long-term  contracts
       and  programs,  are  stated  at  lower  of  cost  (principally  first-in,
       first-out) or market. Inventory costs relating to long-term contracts and
       programs are stated at the actual  production  costs,  including  factory
       overhead, reduced by amounts identified  with revenue recognized on units
       delivered or progress completed.

                                       F-7

<PAGE>



       Inventory costs relating to long-term  contracts and programs are reduced
       by any  amounts  in  excess  of  estimated  realizable  value.  The costs
       attributed to units delivered under long-term  contracts and programs are
       based on the average costs of all units produced.

7.     Property, Plant and Equipment

       Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated at cost.  Depreciation  and
       amortization are provided  principally by the  straight-line  method over
       the  estimated  useful  lives of the  related  assets.  Gains and  losses
       arising from the sale or disposition of property, plant and equipment are
       recorded in income.

8.     Intangibles

       Intangibles  are comprised of customer  lists,  installed  products base,
       drawings,   patents,  licenses,  certain  government  qualifications  and
       technology and goodwill in connection  with the  acquisitions  of General
       Microwave  Corporation in 1999,  Metraplex  Corporation in 1997, and Vega
       Precision  Laboratories,  Inc. in 1993.  Intangibles  are being amortized
       over twenty years. Amortization charges totaled $754,358,  ($70,795), and
       ($182,667) in fiscal 1999,  1998,  and 1997,  respectively.  The negative
       amortization in 1998 and 1997 is attributable to the negative goodwill in
       connection with the acquisition of Stewart Warner Electronics in 1995.

       The carrying  amount of  intangibles  is evaluated on a recurring  basis.
       Current  and  future   profitability   as  well  as  current  and  future
       undiscounted cash flows of the acquired businesses are primary indicators
       of recoverability. For the three fiscal years ended August 1, 1999, there
       were no adjustments  to the carrying  amount of the cost in excess of net
       assets acquired resulting from these evaluations.

9.     Marketable Securities

       The Company  accounts for its  investments  in  marketable  securities in
       accordance  with  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 115,
       "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."

       Management  determines the appropriate  classification of debt securities
       at the time of  purchase  and  reevaluates  such  designation  as of each
       balance sheet date.  Debt  securities are classified as  held-to-maturity
       when  the  Company  has the  positive  intent  and  ability  to hold  the
       securities to maturity.  Marketable equity securities and debt securities
       not classified as held-to-maturity are classified as  available-for-sale.
       Available-for-sale  securities are carried at fair value.  Realized gains
       and losses and  declines in value judged to be  other-than-temporary  are
       included in other income , net. The cost of  securities  sold is based on
       the specific  identification method. Interest and dividends on securities
       are included in other income, net.

10.    Other Investments

       The Company is a limited partner in a nonmarketable  limited  partnership
       in  which  it owns  approximately  a 10%  interest.  This  investment  is
       accounted for under the equity method.

11.    Revenue and Cost Recognition

       Under  fixed-price  contracts,  revenue  and related  costs are  recorded
       primarily  as  deliveries  are  made.   Certain  costs  under  long-term,
       fixed-price contracts (principally either directly or indirectly with the
       U.S. Government),  which include non-recurring billable engineering,  are
       deferred until these costs are

                                       F-8

<PAGE>



       contractually  billable.  Revenue  under certain  long-term,  fixed price
       contracts,  principally command and control shelters, is recognized using
       the percentage of completion method of accounting.  Revenue recognized on
       these  contracts  is based on  estimated  completion  to date (the  total
       contract  amount  multiplied  by percent of  performance,  based on total
       costs  incurred  in  relation  to total  estimated  cost at  completion).
       Prospective losses on long-term  contracts are based upon the anticipated
       excess of inventoriable manufacturing costs over the selling price of the
       remaining  units to be delivered and are recorded  when first  reasonably
       determinable.  Actual  losses  could differ from those  estimated  due to
       changes in the ultimate manufacturing costs and contract terms.

       Contract  costs  include  all direct  material  and labor costs and those
       indirect  costs  related to contract  performance.  Selling,  general and
       administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred.

12.    Income Taxes

       Income  taxes  are  accounted  for by  the  asset/liability  approach  in
       accordance  with  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 109,
       "Accounting  for Income  Taxes."  Deferred  taxes  represent the expected
       future  tax  consequences   when  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and
       liabilities are recovered or paid. They arise from temporary  differences
       between the financial  reporting and tax bases of assets and  liabilities
       and are adjusted for changes in tax laws and tax rates when those changes
       are  enacted.  The  provision  for income taxes  represents  the total of
       income  taxes paid or payable  for the current  year,  plus the change in
       deferred taxes during the year.

13.    Stock-Based Compensation

       Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 123,  "Accounting  for
       Stock-Based  Compensation," encourages, but does not require companies to
       record compensation cost for stock-based  employee  compensation plans at
       fair value. The Company has chosen to continue to account for stock-based
       compensation  using the intrinsic  value method  prescribed in Accounting
       Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25,  "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to
       Employees," and related Interpretations.  Accordingly,  compensation cost
       for stock options is measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted market
       price of the Company's  stock at the date of the grant over the amount an
       employee must pay to acquire the stock. Because the exercise price of the
       Company's   employee  stock  options  equals  the  market  price  of  the
       underlying  stock  on the  date of  grant,  no  compensation  expense  is
       recognized.

14.    Earnings Per Common Share

       In 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued  Statement of
       Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 128,  "Earnings  Per Share"  ("SFAS
       128"),  which  replaced  APB No. 15 to  conform  earnings  per share with
       international  standards  as well as to simplify  the  complexity  of the
       computation  under APB No. 15. The  previous  primary  earnings per share
       ("EPS")  calculation is replaced with a basic EPS calculation.  The basic
       EPS differs from the primary EPS  calculation  in that the basic EPS does
       not include any potentially  dilutive  securities.  Fully dilutive EPS is
       replaced with diluted EPS and should be disclosed  regardless of dilutive
       impact to basic EPS. In accordance  with SFAS 128, all earnings per share
       amounts for all periods  presented  have been restated  (reflective  of a
       4-for-3 stock split on September 30, 1997).

15.    Product Development

       The  Company's  primary  efforts  are focused on  engineering  design and
       product  development  activities  rather than pure research.  The cost of
       these  development  activities,  including  employees' time and prototype
       development,   net  of  amounts  paid  by  customers,  was  approximately
       $1,685,000,  $1,562,000,  and $1,828,000 in fiscal 1999,  1998, and 1997,
       respectively.


                                       F-9

<PAGE>



16.    New Accounting Standards

       In February  1998,  the FASB issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
       Standards  No. 132,  "Employers'  Disclosures  about  Pensions  and Other
       Postretirement  Benefits,"  ("SFAS 132"),  which was effective for fiscal
       years beginning after December 15, 1997. This statement revises financial
       statement  disclosure  requirements for pension and other  postretirement
       benefit  plans,  but does not change the  measurement  or  recognition of
       those plans. Adoption of SFAS 132 did not impact the financial results of
       the Company and the required  disclosures  have been provided in Note K -
       Employee Benefit Plans.

       The  Company  has  adopted  SFAS 131,  "Disclosure  About  Segments of an
       Enterprise and Related  Information"  ("SFAS 131").  SFAS 131 establishes
       standards for reporting  information  about operating  segments in annual
       financial  statements  and requires that segments be determined  based on
       how management measures  performance and makes decisions about allocating
       resources.  The required new disclosures  have been provided in Note O to
       the Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTE B - ACQUISITIONS

       As of January 4, 1999,  the Company  completed the  acquisition of all of
       the issued and outstanding common stock of General Microwave  Corporation
       ("GMC"), a New York corporation, including outstanding stock options, for
       $18.00 per share and 966,675 three-year warrants to purchase one share of
       the  Company's   common  stock,   at  an  aggregate   purchase  price  of
       approximately  $24,556,000.  This transaction was accounted for under the
       purchase  method.  The purchase price includes  shares of common stock of
       GMC purchased in the open market,  acquisition of the remaining shares of
       common  stock  outstanding,  an estimate of the fair market  value of the
       warrants based on the trading price of similar warrants  currently on the
       market, and transaction expenses.  The warrants are exercisable at $15.60
       per share of common stock of the Company and expire in January 2002.

       The aggregate  purchase  price is  calculated  as follows (in  thousands,
       except share and per share data):

          365,600 shares previously acquired in the open market    $   6,273
          848,675 shares at $18.00 per share                          15,276
          118,000 stock options at $18.00 per share,
             net of exercise price                                     1,279
          966,675 warrants at $1.50                                    1,450
          Transaction expenses                                           278
                                                                      ------
          Purchase price                                            $ 24,556
                                                                      ======

       The cash portions of the acquisition were financed through available cash
       equivalents and borrowings under the Company's line of credit.

       GMC  designs,   manufactures   and  markets   microwave   components  and
       subsystems,  and related electronic test and measurement  equipment.  The
       company is headquartered in Amityville,  New York, and operates two other
       facilities,  one in  Billerica,  Massachusetts,  and one in  Israel.  The
       transaction   has  been   accounted   for  under  the  purchase   method.
       Accordingly,  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  includes  the assets and
       liabilities of GMC at August 1, 1999, and the consolidated  statements of
       income include the results of General  Microwave  operations from January
       4, 1999. The  acquisition  resulted in excess cost over fair value of net
       assets acquired of $7,538,501 which is being amortized over 20 years.

       As part of the Company's  GMC  acquisition  plans,  the Company is moving
       GMC's Billerica,  MA operations into the Company's  existing  Woburn,  MA
       location. The Company had also decided to terminate GMC's defined benefit
       pension  plan.  Both of these actions are to be completed in fiscal 2000.
       In  connection  with  these  actions,  the  Company  accrued,  as part of
       purchase accounting, $180,000 of

                                      F-10

<PAGE>



       lease  termination costs related to the Billerica  facility,  $250,000 of
       severance  costs,  and $463,  834 related to the  termination  of the GMC
       pension  plan.  Through  August 1, 1999,  no amounts  were paid under the
       lease termination or pension  termination and  approximately  $150,000 of
       severance was paid.

       On the basis of a pro forma consolidation of the results of operations as
       if the  acquisition  had taken  place at the  beginning  of fiscal  1998,
       unaudited  consolidated net sales, net income,  basic earnings per share,
       and diluted  earnings per share for the  fifty-two  weeks ended August 2,
       1998 would have been approximately  $63,477,000,  $6,606,000,  $1.33, and
       $1.22,  and for the fifty-two  weeks ended August 1, 1999 would have been
       approximately  $70,349,000,  $7,481,000,  $1.43, and $1.32, respectively.
       The  pro  forma   information   includes   adjustments   for   additional
       depreciation  based on the  estimated  fair market value of the property,
       plant,  and  equipment  acquired,  and the  amortization  of  intangibles
       arising from the transaction.  The pro forma financial information is not
       necessarily  indicative  of the results of  operations as they would have
       been had the transaction been effected at the beginning of fiscal 1998.

       On August 4, 1997,  the Company  completed the  acquisition  of Metraplex
       Corporation, a Delaware corporation,  for 313,139 (as adjusted) shares of
       common stock of the Company,  with a fair market value of $3,170,471,  in
       exchange for all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Metraplex.
       Metraplex  is  a  leading  manufacturer  of  pulse  code  modulation  and
       frequency  modulation,  telemetry and data acquisition systems for severe
       environment  applications.  The transaction has been accounted for by the
       purchase method. Accordingly, the consolidated balance sheet includes the
       assets  and   liabilities  of  Metraplex  at  August  2,  1998,  and  the
       consolidated  statements  of income  include  the  results  of  Metraplex
       operations  from August 4, 1997.  The  acquisition  resulted in excess of
       cost over fair value of net assets acquired of $2,162,725  which is being
       amortized over twenty years.

       On the basis of a pro forma consolidation of the results of operations as
       if the Metraplex  acquisition  had taken place at the beginning of fiscal
       1997,  unaudited  consolidated net sales, net income,  basic earnings per
       share,  and diluted  earnings per share for the year ended August 3, 1997
       would have been approximately $36,589,333,  $4,686,236,  $1.07, and $.93,
       respectively.   The  pro  forma  information   includes  adjustments  for
       additional  depreciation  based on the fair market  value of the property
       and equipment acquired,  and the amortization of intangibles arising from
       the transaction.  The pro forma financial  information is not necessarily
       indicative  of the results of  operations as they would have been had the
       transaction been effected at the beginning of fiscal 1997.

NOTE C - NOTES  RECEIVABLE-OFFICERS

       In fiscal 1996 the Company  loaned an aggregate of  $2,000,000 to certain
       officers, as authorized by the Board of Directors,  pursuant to the terms
       of  nonnegotiable  promissory  notes.  The  loans  were paid in full with
       accrued interest as of December 19, 1997.

NOTE D - INVENTORIES

       The major components of inventories are as follows:

                                                   August 1       August 2,
                                                     1999           1998
                                                     ----           ----
         Purchased parts and raw materials       $ 9,862,727    $ 7,377,882
         Work in process                           8,780,767      7,303,533
         Finished products                         1,236,876        387,203
                                                  ----------     ----------
                                                 $19,880,370    $15,068,618
                                                  ==========     ==========


                                      F-11

<PAGE>



NOTE E - OTHER INVESTMENTS

       In April 1996,  the Company  acquired a limited  partnership  interest in
       M.D. Sass  Re/Enterprise-II,  L.P., a Delaware  limited  partnership  for
       $2,000,000.  The  objective  of the  partnership  is to achieve  superior
       long-term capital appreciation  through investments  consisting primarily
       of securities of companies that are experiencing significant financial or
       business difficulties. In April 1997, the Company sold its investment and
       terminated its limited  partnership  interest for $2,080,630  realizing a
       gain of $80,630.

       In July 1994, the Company invested  $1,000,000 for a limited  partnership
       interest in M.D. Sass Municipal  Finance  Partners-I,  a Delaware limited
       partnership.  The objectives of the partnership are the  preservation and
       protection of its capital and the earning of income  through the purchase
       of  certificates  or other  documentation  that evidence liens for unpaid
       local taxes on parcels of real property.  At August 1, 1999 and August 2,
       1998 the  percentage  of ownership was  approximately  10%. The Company's
       interest in the  partnership  may be transferred to a substitute  limited
       partner, upon written notice to the managing general partners,  only with
       the unanimous  consent of both general partners at their sole discretion.
       In July 1998,  the Company  received a partial  distribution  of $592,824
       from  the  Partnership.  As of  August  1,  1999  the  Company's  limited
       partnership interest had an estimated fair value of $947,983.

NOTE F - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

       Property, plant and equipment are comprised of the following:

                                        August 1,      August 2,    Estimated
                                         1999           1998        Useful Life
                                         ----           ----        -----------
       Land                           $  1,160,895  $    880,270
       Building and building
            improvements                11,731,575     5,486,900    10-40 years
       Machinery and equipment          24,994,829    20,104,794     5- 8 years
       Furniture and fixtures              788,919       624,576     5-10 years
       Automobiles                         131,000       -              3 years
       Tools                                34,495        34,495        5 years
       Leasehold improvements              454,706       292,894     5-10 years
                                        ----------    ----------
                                        39,296,419    27,423,929
       Less accumulated depreciation    17,407,866    14,874,586
                                        ----------    ----------
                                      $ 21,888,553  $ 12,549,343
                                        ==========    ==========

       Depreciation  charges totaled $2,534,945,  $1,940,254,  and $1,720,950 in
       fiscal 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

NOTE G - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

       Leases

       The Company  leases  office,  production  and warehouse  space as well as
       computer equipment and automobiles under noncancellable operating leases.

       Rent expense for the 52 weeks ended  August 1, 1999,  and August 2, 1998,
       and the 53  weeks  ended  August  3,  1997  was  approximately  $519,000,
       $546,000, and $230,000, respectively.


                                      F-12

<PAGE>



       Minimum  annual  rentals  under  noncancellable  operating  leases are as
       follows:

                                                      Amount
                                                      ------
                 Year ending fiscal 2000            $  760,000
                                    2001               638,000
                                    2002               612,000
                                    2003               567,000
                                    2004               429,000
                                  Future             2,356,000

       Employment Agreements

       The  Company  has  employment  agreements  with  various  executives  and
       employees  of the Company,  which,  as amended,  expire at various  dates
       through December 31, 2002,  subject to extension each January 1 for three
       years, commencing January 1, 2000. These agreements provide for aggregate
       annual salaries for fiscal 2000 of $1,022,000. Certain agreements provide
       for an  annual  cost of living  adjustment  based on the  consumer  price
       index, and also provide for incentive compensation based on pretax income
       of the Company in excess of  $2,000,000.  Incentive  compensation  in the
       amount of $968,627,  $727,659,  and $665,352 was expensed in fiscal years
       1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

       Certain  agreements  also provide that, in the event there is a change in
       control of the Company,  as defined,  the  executives  have the option to
       terminate the agreements and receive a lump-sum  payment of approximately
       three times their annual salary. As of August 1, 1999, the amount payable
       in the event of such termination would be approximately $3,066,000.

       One of the  employment  contracts  provides  for a  consulting  agreement
       commencing  at the end of the  employment  period which became  effective
       October 1, 1998, and terminating  December 31, 2010 at the annual rate of
       $100,000.  Another one of the employment contracts, as amended October 1,
       1998,  provides  for a  consulting  period  commencing  at the end of the
       period of active  employment and continuing for a period of five years at
       the annual rate of $100,000.  Two officers of the Company have  severance
       agreements  providing for a lump-sum  payment of $345,000  through fiscal
       2000,  adjusted to $240,000  through  fiscal 2002, and $105,000 in fiscal
       2003.

       Litigation

       The Company is involved in various  legal  proceedings  and claims  which
       arise in the  ordinary  course  of its  business.  While  any  litigation
       contains an element of uncertainty,  management believes that the outcome
       of such  litigation  will  not  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
       Company's financial position or results of operations.

       Stand-by Letters of Credit

       The  Company  maintains  a letter  of  credit  facility  with a bank that
       provides for the issuance of stand-by  letters of credit and requires the
       payment of a fee of 1.0% per annum of the amounts  outstanding  under the
       facility.  The  facility  expires  January  31,  2001.  At August 1, 1999
       stand-by letters of credit  aggregating  $996,965 were outstanding  under
       this facility.


                                      F-13

<PAGE>



NOTE H - INCOME TAXES

       Income tax provision consisted of the following:

                                      52 Weeks ended
                                      --------------             53 Weeks ended
                                August 1,        August 2,          August 3,
                                  1999             1998               1997
                                  ----             ----               ----
       Current
                  Federal     $ 3,328,378(1)   $ 1,468,665         $ (52,000)
                  State           399,070           85,000            89,000
                  Foreign          28,517            -                 -
                                ---------        ---------           -------
                                3,755,965        1,553,665            37,000
                                ---------        ---------           -------
       Deferred
                  Federal         540,288        1,307,970          (142,000)
                  State          (198,253)          72,365           585,000
                                ---------        ---------           -------
                                  342,035        1,380,335           443,000
                                ---------        ---------           -------

                              $ 4,098,000      $ 2,934,000         $ 480,000
                                =========        =========           =======

       (1)        Excludes benefit of $68,000 from  extraordinary  loss incurred
                  as a result  of early  extinguishment  of long  term debt (See
                  Note I).

         The Company paid income taxes of approximately $1,324,000,  $1,486,000,
         and  $178,000  in  fiscal  1999,  1998,  and  1997,  respectively.  The
         following is a  reconciliation  of the U. S. statutory  income tax rate
         and the effective tax rate on pretax income:

                                            52 Weeks ended
                                            --------------    53 Weeks ended
                                          August 1, August 2,    August 3,
                                            1999      1998         1997
                                            ----      ----         ----
         U.S. Federal statutory rate        34.0 %    34.0 %       34.0 %
         State taxes, net of
            federal tax benefit              1.4       1.5         12.2
         Benefit of foreign sales
            corporation                     (3.2)     (1.8)          -
         Benefit of net operating loss
            carryforward                      -         -         (30.8)
         Non-deductible expenses             1.4        .8           .3
         Decrease in valuation allowance      -         -          (9.4)
         Benefit of foreign and
            foreign-source income           (1.2)       -            -
         Other, net                          1.9        .3          2.8
                                            ----      ----         ----
            Effective tax rate              34.3 %    34.8 %        9.1 %
                                            ====      ====         ====

       The  1997 tax  provision  reflects  the  utilization  of  prior  year net
       operating  loss  carryforwards.  In 1995 a valuation  allowance  had been
       provided  to reduce  deferred  tax assets to their net  realizable  value
       primarily based on management's  uncertainty that past performance  would
       be indicative  of future  earnings.  In 1997 the valuation  allowance was
       reversed  through the deferred tax  provision.  A  determining  factor in
       assessing the change was the cumulative income in recent years.

       Income taxes have not been provided on undistributed  earnings of foreign
       subsidiaries.  If remitted as  dividends,  these  earnings  could  become
       subject  to  additional  tax.  The  Company's  intention  is to  reinvest
       unremitted   earnings  of   subsidiaries   outside   the  United   States
       permanently.


                                      F-14

<PAGE>



       Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between
       the amount of assets and liabilities  recognized for financial  reporting
       purposes and such amounts recognized for tax purposes.

       Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             August 1, 1999             August 2, 1998
                                             --------------             --------------
                                        Deferred    Deferred       Deferred      Deferred
                                           Tax         Tax           Tax           Tax
                                         Assets    Liabilities      Assets      Liabilities
                                         ------    -----------      ------      -----------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
         Intangibles                 $      -      $ 1,789,834   $     -        $ 1,775,858
         Alternative minimum tax         642,485         -           952,426          -
         Accrued vacation pay            242,305         -           133,962          -
         Accrued bonus                   414,565         -           438,976          -
         Accrued pension                 199,211         -             -              -
         Warranty costs                  122,631         -            88,000          -
         Inventory                     1,176,384         -           971,825          -
         Depreciation                      -         4,415,090         -          2,334,917
         Contract losses                 389,861         -           503,856          -
         Net operating loss
            carryforwards                219,392         -             -              -
         Other                           266,141       209,648        60,689        202,364
                                       ---------     ---------     ---------      ---------
                                     $ 3,672,975   $ 6,414,572   $ 3,149,734    $ 4,313,139
                                       =========     =========     =========      =========
</TABLE>

         As of August 1, 1999 the Company has  available a $642,485  alternative
         minimum tax credit to carry forward for an  indefinite  period of time,
         and net operating loss  carryforwards  for state income tax purposes of
         approximately $219,392 which expire from fiscal 2000 through 2009.

NOTE I- LONG-TERM DEBT

       Long-term debt is summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            August 1,     August 2,
                                              Rate            1999          1998
                                       ---------------        ----          ----
<S>                                    <C>               <C>             <C>
       Revolving loan facility (a)     6.65% and 7.15%   $ 12,500,000    $ 1,500,000
       Note payable bank (b)           5.00%                  114,722          -
       Mortgage note (c)               7.43% and 10.4%      2,902,726      2,890,000
       Capital lease obligations (d)              -            90,868        125,869
       Other                                      -            87,457          -
                                                           ----------      ---------
                                                           15,695,773      4,515,869
       Less current portion                                   258,383        404,984
                                                           ----------      ---------
                                                         $ 15,437,390    $ 4,110,885
                                                           ==========      =========
<FN>

       (a) In February  1999,  the Company  entered  into a new  revolving  loan
           agreement  with a bank that  provides for the  extension of credit in
           the aggregate  principal  amount of  $20,000,000  and may be used for
           general corporate  purposes,  including  business  acquisitions.  The
           facility requires the payment of interest only on a monthly basis and
           payment of the  outstanding  principal  balance on January 31,  2001.
           Interest is set biweekly at 1.65% over the FOMC Target Rate.

           The agreement contains various financial covenants,  including, among
           other  matters,  minimum  tangible  net worth,  debt to tangible  net
           worth, debt service coverage, and restrictions on other borrowings.

                                      F-15

<PAGE>



       (b) The note  payable to a bank  relates to certain  equipment  financing
           having an original  term of five years with monthly  installments  of
           $2,642,  including  interest  at a fixed rate of 5.00%.  The note was
           paid in full subsequent to August 1, 1999 in connection with the sale
           of the Amityville property of GMC (See Note Q - Subsequent Events).

       (c) The  mortgage  loan is for a term of ten  years  with  fixed  monthly
           principal and interest installments of $23,359, including interest at
           a fixed rate of 7.43%, and is based upon a twenty year  amortization.
           The loan is secured by a mortgage on the Company's  land and building
           in Lancaster, Pennsylvania having a net book value of $1,899,000. The
           proceeds  of the  mortgage  loan  were used to  prepay  the  existing
           mortgage  note having an  outstanding  balance of  $2,890,000  plus a
           prepayment premium of $115,600.

           The mortgage note agreement  contains  various  financial  covenants,
           including,  among other matters,  the maintenance of specific amounts
           of tangible  net worth,  debt to  tangible  net worth,  debt  service
           coverage,  and restrictions on other  borrowings.  In connection with
           this loan, the Company paid approximately $45,000 in financing costs.
           Such  costs  are  included  in  Other  Assets  in  the   accompanying
           consolidated  balance sheet at August 1, 1999 and are being amortized
           over the term of the loan (10 years).  Unamortized  debt  expenses of
           $79,226  related to the prior  mortgage and the  $115,600  prepayment
           premium  were  charged  to  expense  as  an  extraordinary   loss  in
           connection with the prepayment of this mortgage note.

       (d) Certain  noncancellable  leases are  classified as capital leases and
           the leased  assets are  included  as part of  "Property,  Plant,  and
           Equipment" at $119,172, net of depreciation of $47,669.
</FN>
</TABLE>

       The Company paid interest of approximately  $730,000 in 1999, $441,000 in
       1998, and $567,000 in 1997.

       Future payments required on long-term debt are as follows:

                    Fiscal year ending during:
                                                     Amount
                                                     ------
                              2000              $   258,383
                              2001               12,650,867
                              2002                  102,523
                              2003                   84,396
                              2004                   90,885
                              Future              2,508,719
                                                 ----------
                                               $ 15,695,773


                                      F-16

<PAGE>



NOTE J - ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

       Accounts payable and accrued expenses include the following:

                                                 August 1,         August 2,
                                                   1999              1998
                                                   ----              ----
         Accounts payable                      $ 2,668,285       $ 3,064,596
         Accrued payroll and bonuses             2,635,816         1,865,426
         Accrued commissions                       488,249           615,022
         Accrued interest                           83,939            56,491
         Accrued legal expenses                    122,873            37,487
         Accrued warranty costs                    284,573           200,000
         Accrued pension cost                      498,775           -
         Accrued severance                         537,845           -
         Lease termination cost                    180,000           -
         Accrued expenses                          534,856           629,161
                                                 ---------         ---------
                                               $ 8,035,211       $ 6,468,183
                                                 =========         =========

NOTE K - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

       In August 1985, the Board of Directors  approved an Employee Savings Plan
       which  qualified  as a thrift plan under  Section  401(k) of the Internal
       Revenue Code.  This Plan, as amended and  restated,  allows  employees to
       contribute between 2% and 15% of their salaries to the Plan. The Company,
       at its discretion  can contribute  100% of the first 2% of the employees'
       contribution and 25% of the next 4%. Additional Company contributions can
       be made  depending  on  profits.  The  aggregate  benefit  payable  to an
       employee is dependent upon his rate of contribution,  the earnings of the
       fund, and the length of time such employee continues as a participant.

       Employees of GMC became  eligible to participate in the Plan as of May 1,
       1999. The existing  savings and investing plan of GMC did not provide for
       company matching contributions and has been frozen.

       The Company has recognized expenses of approximately  $266,000 for the 52
       weeks ended August 1, 1999,  and $197,000,  and $181,000 for the 52 weeks
       ended August 2, 1998 and the 53 weeks ended August 3, 1997, respectively.

       At the time of the acquisition,  GMC also had a  noncontributory  defined
       benefit pension plan covering all eligible  employees of the company.  As
       part of the  acquisition  plan,  the Company froze all benefits under the
       plan effective  April 30, 1999 and elected to terminate the plan. As part
       of the allocation of the purchase price, the Company recorded a liability
       at the date of acquisition of $463,834.

       Net pension  expense from the date of  acquisition to April 30, 1999, the
       date benefits were frozen, includes the following components:

          Service cost - benefits earned during the period    $  21,550
          Interest cost                                         136,651
          Actual return on assets                              (123,260)
                                                                -------
               Net pension expense                            $  34,941
                                                                =======


                                      F-17

<PAGE>



       The  following  table  sets  forth the  plan's  funded  status and amount
       recognized in the consolidated balance sheet at August 1, 1999:

       Projected benefit obligation at date of acquisition     $ 4,793,104
              Service costs                                         21,550
              Interest cost                                        136,651
              Benefit payments                                    (110,376)
                                                                 ---------
       Projected benefit obligation, end of year               $ 4,840,929
                                                                 ---------

       Change in fair value of plan assets:
       Fair value at date of acquisition                       $ 4,329,270
              Return on assets                                     123,260
              Benefit payments                                    (110,376)
                                                                 ---------
       Fair value at end of year                                 4,342,154
                                                                 ---------

       Funded status and accrued pension cost                  $   498,775
                                                                 =========

       Assumptions used were:
              Discount rate                                        5.00%
              Expected return on plan assets                       5.00%

       Assets held by the trust are  comprised  primarily of  marketable  equity
       securities.

NOTE L - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

       In  connection  with the move of the  Amityville  facilities of GMC, (See
       Note Q -  Subsequent  Events),  the Company  entered into a 10 year lease
       agreement with a partnership owned by the children of certain officers of
       the  Company.  The lease  provides  for  initial  minimum  annual rent of
       $312,390,  subject to escalation of approximately 4% annually  throughout
       the 10 year term.

NOTE M - COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS

       The following table shows the calculation of basic earnings per share and
       earnings per share assuming dilution:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             52 Weeks ended
                                                     ------------------------------    53 Weeks ended
                                                   August 1, 1999     August 2, 1998   August 3, 1997
                                                   --------------     --------------   --------------
       <S>                                          <C>                <C>              <C>
       Numerator:
         Income before extraordinary item           $ 7,861,703        $ 5,496,608      $ 4,803,659
         Extraordinary loss                             126,826              -                -
                                                     ----------          ---------        ---------
       Net Income                                   $ 7,734,877        $ 5,496,608      $ 4,803,659
                                                      =========          =========        =========
       Denominator:
         Basic weighted-average shares                5,232,807          4,969,248        4,063,505
           Effect of dilutive securities:
            Employee stock options and warrants         427,289            438,035          670,177
                                                     ----------          ---------        ---------
       Diluted weighted-average shares                5,660,096          5,407,283        4,733,682
                                                      =========          =========        =========
</TABLE>

       Options and warrants to purchase  3,047,133 shares of common stock,  with
       exercise  prices  ranging from $12.00 to $16.46 were  outstanding  during
       fiscal year 1999 but were not included in the  computation of diluted EPS
       because the exercise  prices are greater than the average market price of
       the common  shares  during the period.  The options and  warrants,  which
       expire at various dates through June 17, 2009, were still  outstanding as
       of August 1, 1999.  Options and warrants to purchase  1,423,958 shares of
       common  stock,  with exercise  prices  ranging from $13.69 to $14.40 were
       outstanding  during  fiscal  year  1998  but  were  not  included  in the
       computation  of diluted EPS because the exercise  prices are greater than
       the average market price of the common shares during the period.

                                      F-18

<PAGE>





NOTE N - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

       At the annual  meeting of  stockholders  held on February 18,  1998,  the
       stockholders of the Company  approved a proposal to amend the Certificate
       of Incorporation  to increase the authorized  shares of Common Stock from
       10,000,000 to 20,000,000 shares.

       In December 1997, the Company  completed the sale of 1,100,000  shares of
       common  stock to the  public,  of which  700,000  shares were sold by the
       Company and 400,000 shares were sold by certain selling stockholders.  In
       addition , the Company also sold 1,265,000 Common Stock Purchase Warrants
       ("Warrant(s)").  The Company  received net proceeds of  $7,451,579  after
       underwriting   discounts  and  commissions  and  other  expenses  of  the
       offering.  Each  Warrant  entitles  the holder to  purchase  one share of
       common stock at $15.60 per share  (subject to  adjustment  under  certain
       conditions)  until they  expire in January  2000.  The  Company  has also
       issued  to  the   underwriters,   for  their   own   accounts,   Managing
       Underwriters'  Warrants  which  entitle  the holder to  purchase  110,000
       shares  of common  stock of the  Company  (subject  to  adjustment  under
       certain  circumstances),  at a price of $14.40 per share through December
       2002, and the right to purchase  110,000 Warrants (as described above) at
       a price of $.12 per Warrant through January 2000.

       On  September  4, 1997 the Board of  Directors  declared a 4-for-3  stock
       split effected as a stock dividend payable  September 30, 1997 to holders
       of record on September 15, 1997.  The amount of $105,234 was  transferred
       from  additional  paid-in  capital to the common stock  account to record
       this distribution.  All share and per share data, including stock options
       and warrants,  included in the financial statements have been restated to
       reflect the stock split.

       The Company has various fixed option plans which reserve shares of common
       stock for  issuance to  executives,  key  employees  and  directors.  The
       Company  applies  APB  Opinion  No.  25 and  related  Interpretations  in
       accounting for these plans.  Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
       No.123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123") was issued
       by the FASB in 1995 and , if  fully  adopted,  changes  the  methods  for
       recognition of cost on plans similar to those of the Company. The Company
       has adopted the disclosure-only  provisions of SFAS 123. Accordingly,  no
       compensation  cost has been  recognized  for the stock option plans.  Pro
       forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required
       by Statement 123, and has been determined as if the Company had accounted
       for its  employee  stock  options  under  the fair  value  method of that
       Statement.  The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of
       grant  using a  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model with the  following
       weighted-average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 5.1%; volatility
       factor of the expected market price of the Company's common stock of .58;
       and a  weighted-average  expected  life of the option,  after the vesting
       period, of .65 years.

       The  Black-Scholes  option  valuation  model  was  developed  for  use in
       estimating  the fair  value  of  traded  options  which  have no  vesting
       restrictions and are fully  transferable.  In addition,  option valuation
       models require the input of highly subjective  assumptions  including the
       expected  stock price  volatility.  Because the Company's  employee stock
       options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded
       options,  and because  changes in the subjective  input  assumptions  can
       materially affect the fair value estimate,  in management' s opinion, the
       existing models do not  necessarily  provide a reliable single measure of
       the fair value of its employee stock options.


                                      F-19

<PAGE>



       Had  compensation  cost for stock  options  granted in fiscal years 1999,
       1998 and 1997 been  determined  based on the fair value at the grant date
       consistent  with the  provisions  of SFAS 123, the Company's net earnings
       and earnings  per share would have been reduced to the pro forma  amounts
       indicated below using the statutory income tax rate of 34%:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   1999             1998              1997
                                                ----------       ----------        ----------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>               <C>
         Net earnings  -  as reported           $7,734,877       $5,496,608        $4,803,659
         Net earnings  -  pro forma             $5,939,519       $4,925,488        $3,911,486
         Earnings per share  -  as reported
              Basic                                  $1.48            $1.11             $1.18
              Diluted                                 1.37             1.02              1.01
         Earnings per share  - pro forma
              Basic                                  $1.14             $.99              $.96
              Diluted                                 1.05              .91               .83
</TABLE>

       The effects of  applying  the pro forma  disclosures  of SFAS 123 are not
       likely to be  representative  of the effects on reported net earnings for
       future years due to the various vesting schedules.

       In April 1998, the Board of Directors approved the 1998 Stock Option Plan
       which covers  1,500,000  shares of the Company's  common  stock.  Options
       granted  under the plan may be incentive  stock options  qualified  under
       Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or  non-qualified  stock
       options.  Under the terms of the Plan,  the  exercise  price for  options
       granted  under  the  plan  will be the fair  market  value at the date of
       grant.  Prices for incentive  stock options  granted to employees who own
       10% or more of the  Company's  stock are at least 110% of market value at
       date of grant.  The  nature  and terms of the  options  to be  granted is
       determined  at the time of grant by the Board of  Directors.  The options
       expire ten years from the date of grant, subject to certain restrictions.
       Options for  375,000  shares  were  granted  during the fiscal year ended
       August 1, 1999.

       In May 1997,  the Board of Directors  approved the 1997 Stock Option Plan
       which covers  1,666,666  shares of the Company's  common  stock.  Options
       granted  under the plan may be incentive  stock options  qualified  under
       Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or  non-qualified  stock
       options.  Under the terms of the Plan,  the  exercise  price for  options
       granted  under  the  plan  will be the fair  market  value at the date of
       grant.  Prices for incentive  stock options  granted to employees who own
       10% or more of the  Company's  stock are at least 110% of market value at
       date of grant.  The  nature  and terms of the  options  to be  granted is
       determined  at the time of grant by the Board of  Directors.  The options
       expire ten years from the date of grant, subject to certain restrictions.
       Options for 875,500,  88,333 and 801,660  shares were granted  during the
       fiscal  years ended August 1, 1999,  August 2, 1998,  and August 3, 1997,
       respectively.

       In October  1995,  the Board of Directors  approved the 1996 Stock Option
       Plan which covers 666,666 shares of the Company's  common stock.  Options
       granted  under the plan may be incentive  stock options  qualified  under
       Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or  non-qualified  stock
       options.  Under the terms of the Plan,  the  exercise  price for  options
       granted  under  the  plan  will be the fair  market  value at the date of
       grant.  Prices for incentive  stock options  granted to employees who own
       10% or more of the  Company's  stock are at least 110% of market value at
       date of grant.  The  nature  and terms of the  options  to be  granted is
       determined  at the  time of  grant  by the  Board  of  Directors.  If not
       specified, 100% of the shares can be exercised one year after the date of
       grant.  The options expire ten years from the date of grant.  Options for
       663,989 shares were granted during the fiscal year ended August 3, 1997.

       In December 1992, the Board of Directors  approved the 1992 Non-Qualified
       Stock  Option Plan which  covers  1,333,333  shares,  as amended,  of the
       Company's  common stock.  Under the terms of the Plan, the purchase price
       of the shares, subject to each option granted, is 100% of the fair market
       value at the

                                      F-20

<PAGE>



       date of grant. The date of exercise is determined at the time of grant by
       the Board of Directors;  however, if not specified, 50% of the shares can
       be exercised  each year  beginning one year after the date of grant.  The
       options  expire ten years  from the date of grant.  Options  for  339,986
       shares were  granted  during the fiscal year ended July 30,  1995.  These
       options  may be  exercised  cumulatively  at the  rate  of 25%  per  year
       beginning one year after the date of grant.  This plan was  terminated in
       December 1995, except for outstanding options thereunder.

       In October 1987, the Board of Directors  approved the 1988  Non-Qualified
       Stock Option Plan which covers  666,666  shares of the  Company's  common
       stock.  Under the terms of the Plan,  the  purchase  price of the shares,
       subject  to each  option  granted,  will not be less than 85% of the fair
       market value at the date of grant. The date of exercise may be determined
       at the  time  of  grant  by  the  Board  of  Directors;  however,  if not
       specified,  20% of the shares can be exercised  each year  beginning  one
       year  after the date of grant and  generally  expire  five years from the
       date of grant.  This plan was  terminated  in December  1995,  except for
       outstanding options thereunder.

       A summary of stock option activity under all plans for the 52 weeks ended
       August 1, 1999 and August 2, 1998,  and the 53 weeks ended August 3, 1997
       follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              Non-Qualified Stock Options
                                              ---------------------------
                                                                     Weighted      Warrant Agreements
                                                                      Average      ------------------
                                          Number      Price Range    Exercise    Number     Price Range
                                         of shares     per share      Price     of shares    per share
                                         ---------     ---------      -----     ---------    ---------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>              <C>         <C>      <C>
Outstanding July 28, 1996............     683,394   $ 2.54 -  9.01   $ 3.89      333,333  $ 4.64 - 5.35
   Granted ..........................   1,465,649     6.10 - 10.41     6.48
   Exercised.........................  (1,225,384)    2.54 -  6.94     5.46      (13,333)          4.64
   Canceled..........................      (7,332)    5.25 -  9.01     8.67
                                        ---------    -------------   ------      -------    -----------
Outstanding August 3, 1997...........     916,327   $ 2.54 - 10.41   $ 5.87      320,000  $ 4.64 - 5.35
   Granted ..........................      88,333    10.31 - 13.88    12.04
   Exercised.........................    (135,594)    2.54 -  6.94     5.08      (40,000)          5.35
   Canceled..........................      (8,222)    2.54 -  6.47     5.31
                                        ---------    -------------   ------      -------    -----------
Outstanding August 2, 1998...........     860,844   $ 2.54 - 13.88   $ 6.65      280,000         $ 4.64
   Granted ..........................   1,250,500     9.25 - 16.46    11.44
   Exercised.........................    (669,100)    2.54 -  9.94     6.56      (66,667)          4.64
   Canceled..........................     (47,631)    6.47 - 16.46    11.16
                                        ---------    -------------   ------      -------    -----------
Outstanding August 1, 1999...........   1,394,613   $ 2.54 - 16.46   $10.74      213,333         $ 4.64
                                        =========                                =======
</TABLE>

       Options to purchase 783,889 shares of common stock were exercisable under
       all  plans at  August 1, 1999 at a  weighted  average  exercise  price of
       $11.15 with a weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.8 years as
       follows:

       Options Outstanding and Exercisable by Price Range as of August 1, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Options Outstanding                   Options Exercisable
                             ---------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
                                           Weighted
                                            Average           Weighted                     Weighted
        Range of Exercise       Number     Remaining           Average        Number        Average
             Prices          Outstanding  Contractual Life  Exercise Price  Exercisable  Exercise Price
        -----------------    -----------  ----------------  --------------  -----------  --------------
       <S>                   <C>                <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
       $ 2.54  -  $ 9.25       602,613          8.2             $ 7.92        211,489       $  6.21
        10.41  -   12.13       389,250          9.3              11.86        285,150         12.03
        12.19  -   13.94       364,750          9.3              13.71        280,250         13.87
        14.31  -   16.46        38,000          9.5              15.34          7,000         15.39
                             ---------          ---             ------        -------        ------
        $2.54  -  $16.46     1,394,613          8.8             $10.74        783,889        $11.15
                             =========                                        =======
</TABLE>

       In April 1993,  common stock warrants were issued to certain officers and
       directors for the right to acquire  573,333 shares of common stock of the
       Company at the fair market value of $5.35 per share at

                                      F-21

<PAGE>



       date of  issue.  In  December  1995  warrants  for  533,333  shares  were
       canceled,  and the remaining  40,000  warrants  were  exercised in fiscal
       1998.  In December  1995,  common stock  warrants  were issued to certain
       officers for the right to acquire  293,333  shares of common stock of the
       Company at the fair market value of $4.64 per share at date of issue. The
       warrants  vest  immediately  and expire  December 13, 2005.  Warrants for
       66,667  and  13,333  shares  were  exercised  in  fiscal  1999 and  1997,
       respectively.

NOTE O - SIGNIFICANT SEGMENTS, MAJOR CUSTOMERS, AND EXPORT SALES

       The  Company's  chief  operating  decision  maker is considered to be the
       Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer (CEO).  The Company's CEO evaluates
       both consolidated and disaggregated  financial information  consisting of
       revenue  information  in deciding  how to allocate  resources  and assess
       performance. The CEO uses certain disaggregated financial information for
       the Company's two product groups:  Space and Communications and Microwave
       Components.  The Company does not determine a measure of operating income
       or loss by product  group.  The Company's two product groups have similar
       long-term economic characteristics,  such as application, and are similar
       in regards to (a) nature of products and production  processes,  (b) type
       of customers,  and (c) method used to distribute  products.  Accordingly,
       the  Company is in a single  reportable  segment as a provider  of flight
       instrumentation  components  and systems and  microwave  products for the
       U.S. government, foreign governments, and aerospace companies. All of the
       Company's revenues result from sales of its products. Revenues by product
       group (as defined by the Company)  for fiscal  years 1999,  1998 and 1997
       were as follows: Space and Communications,  $33,846,000,  $30,338,000 and
       $22,781,000, respectively; Microwave Components,  $27,190,000,$10,460,000
       and $9,414,000, respectively.

       Net sales to the U.S.  Government in 1999,  1998,  and 1997 accounted for
       approximately  17%,  26%, and 34% of net sales,  respectively.  One other
       customer  accounted for 12% of net sales in 1999.  Foreign sales amounted
       to approximately $17,680,000,  $11,943,000, and $9,398000 in fiscal 1999,
       1998, and 1997, respectively.

       Included in accounts  receivable  as of August 1, 1999 and August 2, 1998
       are amounts due from the U.S. Government of approximately  $2,470,000 and
       $933,000, respectively.

NOTE P - FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

       The  following  methods  and  assumptions  were  used by the  Company  in
       estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

         Cash and cash equivalents:  The carrying amount reported in the balance
         sheet for cash and cash equivalents approximated its fair value.

         Available-for-sale  securities:  The fair  value of  available-for-sale
         securities was based on quoted market prices.

         Long-term debt: The fair value of the mortgage note was estimated using
         discounted  cash  flow  analysis,   based  on  the  Company's   current
         incremental borrowing rate for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

       Off balance sheet financial instruments:

         Stand-by   letters  of  credit:   These  letters  of  credit  primarily
         collateralize  the  Company's  obligations  to  customers  for advanced
         payments received under contracts.  The contract amounts of the letters
         of credit approximate their fair value.


                                      F-22

<PAGE>


       The  carrying  amounts  and  fair  values  of  the  Company's   financial
       instruments are presented below:

                                                August 1, 1999
                                                --------------
                                        Carrying Amount     Fair Value
                                        ---------------     ----------
           Cash and cash equivalents      $ 2,741,163      $ 2,741,163
           Long-term debt                  15,437,390       15,437,390
           Stand-by letters of credit           -              996,965

NOTE Q - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

       On September 23, 1999,  the Company  closed on the sale of GMC's property
       in Amityville,  New York and relocated the plant to a leased  facility in
       Farmingdale, New York. The Company used the net proceeds from the sale of
       approximately  $4,159,000,  which  approximates the net carrying value of
       the property,  to partially fund the buy back of its common stock through
       open market purchases in September 1999.

                                      F-23



                                                                  Exhibit 10.3
                                                                  ------------

                             HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC.
                             1998 Stock Option Plan


SECTION 1.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1.  Name and General Purpose

         The name of this plan is the Herley Industries,  Inc. 1998 Stock Option
Plan  (hereinafter  called  the  "Plan").  The  purpose of the Plan is to enable
Herley  Industries,  Inc. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries and affiliates to
foster and promote the  interests  of the Company by  attracting  and  retaining
officers and employees of the Company who contribute to the Company's success by
their ability,  ingenuity and industry, to enable such officers and employees of
the Company to participate in the long-term success and growth of the Company by
giving them a  proprietary  interest  in the  Company  and to provide  incentive
compensation opportunities competitive with those of competing corporations.

1.2  Definitions

         a.     "Affiliate"  means any person or entity  controlled  by or under
                common  control with the Company,  by virtue of the ownership of
                voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

         b.     "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         c.     "Change in Control" means a change of control of the Company, or
                in any person  directly or indirectly  controlling  the Company,
                which shall mean:

                (a) a change in  control  as such term is  presently  defined in
                Regulation  240.12b-(f)  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
                1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"); or

                (b) if any "person"  (as such term is used in Section  13(d) and
                14(d)  of the  Exchange  Act)  other  than  the  Company  or any
                "person"  who on the date of this  Agreement  is a  director  or
                officer  of the  Company,  becomes  the  "beneficial  owner" (as
                defined in Rule  13(d)-3  under the  Exchange  Act)  directly or
                indirectly,  of  securities of the Company  representing  twenty
                percent (20%) or more of the voting power of the Company's  then
                outstanding securities; or

                (c) if during any period of two (2) consecutive years during the
                term of this  Plan,  individuals  who at the  beginning  of such
                period  constitute the Board of Directors,  cease for any reason
                to constitute at least a majority thereof.

         d. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         e.  "Committee"  means the Committee  referred to in Section 1.3 of the
Plan.

         f.     "Common Stock" means shares of the Common Stock,  par value $.10
                per share, of the Company.

<PAGE>

         g.     "Company" means Herley Industries, Inc., a corporation organized
                under  the  laws of the  State  of  Delaware  (or any  successor
                corporation).

         h.     "Fair  Market  Value" means the market price of the Common Stock
                on the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated
                Quotation  ("NASDAQ")  system on the date of the grant or on any
                other date on which the Common Stock is to be valued  hereunder.
                If no sale shall have been reported on NASDAQ on such date, Fair
                Market Value shall be  determined by the Committee in accordance
                with the Treasury  Regulations  applicable  to  incentive  stock
                options under Section 422 of the Code.

         i.     "Incentive Stock  Option"  means an  Incentive  Stock  Option as
                described in Section 2.1 of the Plan.

         j.     "Non-Employee Director" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule
                16(b)  promulgated  by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
                ("Commission").

         k.     "Non-Qualified  Stock Option" means a Non-Qualified Stock Option
                as described in Section 2.1 of the Plan.

         l.     "Option" means any option to purchase Common Stock under Section
                2 of the Plan.

         m.     "Participant"  means any officer or employee of the  Company,  a
                Subsidiary  or an Affiliate  who is selected by the Committee to
                participate in the Plan.

         n.     "Subsidiary"   means  any   corporation  in  which  the  Company
                possesses  directly or  indirectly  50% or more of the  combined
                voting power of all classes of stock of such corporation.

         o.     "Total  Disability"  means accidental  bodily injury or sickness
                which  wholly  and  continuously   disabled  an  optionee.   The
                Committee,   whose  decisions  shall  be  final,  shall  make  a
                determination of Total Disability.

1.3  Administration of the Plan

         The Plan shall be administered by the Committee  appointed by the Board
consisting of two or more members of the Board all of who shall be  Non-Employee
Directors. The Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall have
such powers as the Board may, from time to time, confer upon it.

         Subject to this Section 1.3, the Committee shall have sole and complete
authority to adopt, alter, amend or revoke such administrative rules, guidelines
and  practices  governing  the  operation of the Plan as it shall,  from time to
time, deem advisable, and to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan.

         The Committee shall keep minutes of its meetings and of action taken by
it without a meeting. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and
the acts of a majority of the  members  present at any meeting at which a quorum
is present,  or acts  approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee
without a meeting, shall constitute the acts of the Committee.




                                       -2-

<PAGE>

1.4  Eligibility

         Stock  options  may be granted  only to officers  or  employees  of the
Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate. Subject to Section 2.3, any person who has
been  granted  any  Option  may,  if he is  otherwise  eligible,  be  granted an
additional Option or Options.

1.5  Shares

         The aggregate  number of shares  reserved for issuance  pursuant to the
Plan shall be 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock, or the number and kind of shares
of stock or other  securities  which shall be substituted  for such shares or to
which such shares shall be adjusted as provided in Section 1.6.

         Such  number of  shares  may be set  aside  out of the  authorized  but
unissued shares of Common Stock or out of issued shares of Common Stock acquired
for and held in the Treasury of the Company, not reserved for any other purpose.
Shares  subject  to, but not sold or issued  under,  any Option  terminating  or
expiring  for any reason  prior to its  exercise in full will again be available
for Options thereafter granted during the balance of the term of the Plan.

1.6  Adjustments Due to Stock Splits,
      Mergers, Consolidation, Etc.

         If, at any time,  the Company  shall take any action,  whether by stock
dividend,  stock split,  combination of shares or otherwise,  which results in a
proportionate  increase  or  decrease  in the  number of shares of Common  Stock
theretofore issued and outstanding,  the number of shares which are reserved for
issuance  under the Plan and the  number  of shares  which,  at such  time,  are
subject to Options shall, to the extent deemed appropriate by the Committee,  be
increased or  decreased  in the same  proportion,  provided,  however,  that the
Company shall not be obligated to issue fractional shares.

         Likewise,  in the  event of any  change  in the  outstanding  shares of
Common  Stock  by  reason  of  any  recapitalization,   merger,   consolidation,
reorganization, combination or exchange of shares or other corporate change, the
Committee shall make such substitution or adjustments, if any, as it deems to be
appropriate,  as to the  number  or kind of  shares  of  Common  Stock  or other
securities  which are  reserved  for  issuance  under the Plan and the number of
shares or other securities which, at such time are subject to Options.

         In the  event of a Change  in  Control,  at the  option of the Board or
Committee,  (a) all  options  outstanding  on the date of such Change in Control
shall, for a period of sixty (60) days following such Change in Control,  become
immediately  and fully  exercisable,  and (b) an optionee  will be  permitted to
surrender for  cancellation  within sixty (60) days after such Change in Control
any option or portion of an option  which was  granted  more than six (6) months
prior to the date of such  surrender,  to the extent not yet  exercised,  and to
receive a cash  payment in an amount  equal to the  excess,  if any, of the Fair
Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the shares of Common Stock subject to
the option or portion thereof surrendered, over the aggregate purchase price for
such Shares under the option.

1.7  Non-Alienation of Benefits

         Except  as herein  specifically  provided,  no right or unpaid  benefit
under the Plan shall be subject to alienation,  assignment, pledge or charge and
any attempt to alienate, assign, pledge or charge the same shall


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

be void.  If any  Participant  or other  person  entitled to benefits  hereunder
should attempt to alienate, assign, pledge or charge any benefit hereunder, then
such benefit shall, in the discretion of the Committee, cease.

1.8  Withholding or Deduction for Taxes

         If,  at any  time,  the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  or  Affiliate  is
required,  under  applicable laws and regulations,  to withhold,  or to make any
deduction for any taxes,  or take any other action in connection with any Option
exercise,  the  Participant  shall be  required  to pay to the  Company  or such
Subsidiary or Affiliate, the amount of any taxes required to be withheld, or, in
lieu thereof,  at the option of the Company,  the Company or such  Subsidiary or
Affiliate may accept a sufficient  number of shares of Common Stock to cover the
amount required to be withheld.

1.9  Administrative Expenses

         The  entire  expense  of  administering  the Plan shall be borne by the
Company.

1.10 General Conditions

          a.   The Board or the Committee may, from time to time, amend, suspend
               or terminate any or all of the  provisions of the Plan,  provided
               that, without the Participant's  approval,  no change may be made
               which would prevent an Incentive  Stock Option  granted under the
               Plan from  qualifying as an Incentive  Stock Option under Section
               422 of the Code or result in a  "modification"  of the  Incentive
               Stock Option under Section 424(h) of the Code or otherwise  alter
               or impair any right theretofore  granted to any Participant ; and
               further  provided  that,  without the consent and approval of the
               holders of a majority of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock
               of the  Company  present at a meeting  at which a quorum  exists,
               neither the Board nor the Committee may make any amendment  which
               (i)  changes  the class of persons  eligible  for  options;  (ii)
               increases  (except as provided under Section 1.6 above) the total
               number of shares or other securities  reserved for issuance under
               the Plan;  (iii)  decreases  the minimum  option prices stated in
               Section   2.2  hereof   (other  than  to  change  the  manner  of
               determining  Fair Market Value to conform to any then  applicable
               provision of the Code or any regulation thereunder); (iv) extends
               the expiration date of the Plan, or the limit on the maximum term
               of Options;  or (v) withdraws the administration of the Plan from
               a committee consisting of two or more members,  each of whom is a
               non-employee director.

          b.   With  the  consent  of  the  Participant  affected  thereby,  the
               Committee  may  amend or  modify  any  outstanding  Option in any
               manner not  inconsistent  with the terms of the Plan,  including,
               without  limitation,   and  irrespective  of  the  provisions  of
               Sections 2.3(c) and 2.4(b) below, to accelerate the date or dates
               as of which an installment of an Option becomes exercisable.

          c.   Nothing  contained in the Plan shall  prohibit the Company or any
               Subsidiary  or  Affiliate  from  establishing   other  additional
               incentive compensation  arrangements for employees of the Company
               or such Subsidiary or Affiliate.

          d.   Nothing  in the Plan  shall be deemed to limit,  in any way,  the
               right of the Company or any  Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate
               a   Participant's   employment   with   the   Company   (or  such
               Subsidiary or Affiliate) at any time.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>

          e.   Any  decision  or  action  taken by the  Board  or the  Committee
               arising  out  of  or  in   connection   with  the   construction,
               administration,  interpretation  and  effect of the Plan shall be
               conclusive  and  binding  upon all  Participants  and any  person
               claiming under or through any Participant.

          f.   No member of the Board or of the  Committee  shall be liable  for
               any act or action, whether of commission or omission, (i) by such
               member except in  circumstances  involving  actual bad faith, nor
               (ii) by any other member or by any officer, agent or employee.

1.11  Compliance with Applicable Law

         Notwithstanding  any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall not
be  obligated  to issue any shares of Common  Stock,  or grant any  Option  with
respect thereto, unless it is advised by counsel of its selection that it may do
so without violation of the applicable  Federal and State laws pertaining to the
issuance of  securities  and the Company  may require any stock  certificate  so
issued to bear a legend, may give its transfer agent  instructions  limiting the
transfer  thereof,  and may  take  such  other  steps,  as in its  judgment  are
reasonably required to prevent any such violation.

1.12  Effective Dates

         The Plan  was  adopted  by the  Board on May 1,  1997.  The Plan  shall
terminate on April 30, 2007.



Section 2.  OPTION GRANTS

2.1  Authority of Committee

         Subject to the  provisions of the Plan,  the  Committee  shall have the
sole and complete  authority to determine (i) the  Participants  to whom Options
shall be granted;  (ii) the number of shares to be covered by each  Option;  and
(iii) the conditions and limitations,  if any, in addition to those set forth in
Sections 2 and 3 hereof,  applicable  to the  exercise  of an Option,  including
without limitation,  the nature and duration of the restrictions,  if any, to be
imposed upon the sale or other  disposition of shares  acquired upon exercise of
an Option.

         Stock options  granted under the Plan may be of two types: an incentive
stock  option  ("Incentive  Stock  Option");  and a  non-qualified  stock option
("Non-Qualified Stock Option").

         It is intended that the Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder shall
constitute incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code
and shall be subject to the tax treatment described in Section 422 of the Code.

         Anything in the Plan to the contrary  notwithstanding,  no provision of
the Plan relating to Incentive  Stock Options shall be  interpreted,  amended or
altered,  nor shall any  discretion  or authority  granted  under the Plan be so
exercised,  so as to disqualify  either the Plan or,  without the consent of the
optionee, any Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.



                                       -5-

<PAGE>

         The  Committee  shall  have  the  authority  to grant  Incentive  Stock
Options,  or to grant  Non-Qualified  Stock  Options,  or to grant both types of
Options.  To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an  Incentive  Stock
Option, in whole or in part, it shall constitute a separate  Non-Qualified Stock
Option to the extent of such disqualification.

2.2  Option Exercise Price

         The price of stock  purchased  upon the  exercise  of  Options  granted
pursuant to the Plan shall be the Fair Market Value thereof at the time that the
Option is granted.

         If an employee  owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the  attribution
rules applicable under Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the combined
voting  power  of  all  classes  of  the  stock  of the  Company  or any  parent
corporation  of the Company or Subsidiary and an Option granted to such employee
is  intended  to qualify as an  Incentive  Stock  Option  within the  meaning of
Section 422 of the Code,  the  exercise  price shall be no less than 110% of the
Fair Market  Value of the Common  Stock on the date the Option is  granted.  The
purchase price is to be paid in full in cash,  certified or bank cashier's check
or, at the option of the  Company,  Common Stock valued at its Fair Market Value
on the date of exercise,  or a combination thereof, when the Option is exercised
and stock certificates will be delivered only against such payment.

2.3  Incentive Stock Option Grants

         Each   Incentive   Stock  Option  will  be  subject  to  the  following
provisions:

         a.     Term of Option

                An  Incentive  Stock  Option will be for a term of not more than
                ten  years  from the  date of  grant,  except  in the case of an
                employee  described in the second paragraph of Section 2.2 above
                in which case an  Incentive  Stock  Option will be for a term of
                not more than five years from the date of the grant.

         b.     Annual Limit

                To the  extent the  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value of the Common
                Stock (determined as of the date of grant) with respect to which
                any options  granted  hereunder are intended to be designated as
                Incentive  Stock Options under the Plan (or any other  incentive
                stock option plan of the Company or any Subsidiary) which may be
                exercisable  for the first time by the  optionee in any calendar
                year  exceeds  $100,000,  such options  shall not be  considered
                incentive stock options.

         c.     Exercise

                Subject  to the power of the  Committee  under  Section  1.10(b)
                above and except in the manner described below upon the death of
                the optionee, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only in
                installments as follows: up to one-half of the subject shares on
                and after the first  anniversary of the date of grant, up to all
                of the subject  shares on and after the second such  anniversary
                of the date of the grant of such  Option  but in no event  later
                than the expiration of the term of the Option.


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

                An  Incentive  Stock  Option  shall be  exercisable  during  the
                optionee's  lifetime  only  by the  optionee  and  shall  not be
                exercisable by the optionee unless,  at all times since the date
                of  grant  and at the  time of  exercise,  such  optionee  is an
                employee of the Company,  any parent  corporation of the Company
                or  any  Subsidiary,   except  that,  upon  termination  of  all
                employment (other than by death,  Total Disability,  or by Total
                Disability  followed  by  death  in the  circumstances  provided
                below) with the Company,  any parent  corporation of the Company
                and any  Subsidiary or  Affiliate,  the optionee may exercise an
                Incentive   Stock   Option  at  any  time  within  three  months
                thereafter  but only to the extent such Option is exercisable on
                the date of such termination.

                Upon  termination  of all  employment by Total  Disability,  the
                Optionee may  exercise  such options at any time within one year
                thereafter, but only to the extent such option is exercisable on
                the date of such termination.

                In the event of the death of an  optionee  (i) while an employee
                of the  Company,  any parent  corporation  of the Company or any
                Subsidiary  or  Affiliate,  or (ii) within  three  months  after
                termination  of all  employment  with the  Company,  any  parent
                corporation  of the  Company  and any  Subsidiary  or  Affiliate
                (other than for Total Disability) or (iii) within one year after
                termination  on account of Total  Disability  of all  employment
                with the Company,  any parent corporation of the Company and any
                Subsidiary or Affiliate,  such  optionee's  estate or any person
                who  acquires  the right to  exercise  such option by bequest or
                inheritance  or by  reason  of the  death  of the  optionee  may
                exercise such optionee's Option at any time within the period of
                three  years from the date of death.  In the case of clauses (i)
                and (iii) above,  such Option shall be  exercisable  in full for
                all the remaining  shares  covered  thereby,  but in the case of
                clause (ii) such Option shall be exercisable  only to the extent
                it was exercisable on the date of such termination.

                Notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions regarding the exercise
                of an Option in the event of death,  Total  Disability  or other
                termination  of  employment,  in no  event  shall an  Option  be
                exercisable  in  whole or in part  after  the  termination  date
                provided in the Option.

         d.     Transferability

                An Incentive  Stock Option  granted  under the Plan shall not be
                transferable  otherwise  than by will or by the laws of  descent
                and distribution.

2.4  Non-Qualified Stock Option Grants

         Each  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  will be  subject  to the  following
provisions:

         a.     Term of Option

                A Non-Qualified Stock Option will be for a term of not more than
                ten years from the date of grant.



                                       -7-

<PAGE>

         b.     Exercise

                The exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be subject to
                the same terms and  conditions as provided  under Section 2.3(c)
                above  except that (i) upon  termination  of all  employment  by
                Total Disability,  the Optionee may exercise such options at any
                time within three years  thereafter and (ii) in the event of the
                death of an Optionee  within  three years after  termination  on
                account of Total  Disability of all employment with the Company,
                or any subsidiary or affiliate,  such  Optionee's  estate or any
                person who acquires the right to exercise such option by bequest
                or  inheritance  or by reason of the death of the  Optionee  may
                exercise such  Optionee's  option at any time within a period of
                three years from the date of death.

         c.     Transferability

                A Non-Qualified Stock Option granted under the Plan shall not be
                transferable  otherwise  than by will or by the laws of  descent
                and distribution, except as may be permitted by the Board or the
                Committee.

2.5  Agreements

         In  consideration  of any Options  granted to a  Participant  under the
Plan,  each such  Participant  shall  enter  into an Option  Agreement  with the
Company  providing,  consistent  with the Plan,  such terms as the Committee may
deem advisable.





                                       -8-





                                                                  Exhibit 10.4
                                                                  ------------


                             MODIFICATION AGREEMENT


         MODIFICATION  AGREEMENT made this 26th day of January, 1999 and between
HERLEY INDUSTRIES,  INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter the "Company") and
LEE N. BLATT, an individual  residing at 471 North Arrowhead Trail,  Vero Beach,
Florida 32963 (hereinafter "the Employee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the Company and Employee entered into an Employment Agreement
dated October 1, 1998 (hereinafter the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  Employee  desire to amend said  Employment
Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

         1. Paragraph "5 (iii)" of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in
its entirety, and in its place and stead shall be the following:

                  "(iii)   Not later than one  hundred  twenty  (120) days after
                           the end of the fiscal  year of the  Company  and each
                           subsequent  fiscal year of the Company  ending during
                           the period of  employment,  the Company  shall pay to
                           Employee,  as incentive  compensation an amount equal
                           to  five  (5%)  percent  of the  Consolidated  Pretax
                           Earnings  of the  Company in excess of the  Company's
                           Minimum  Consolidated  Pretax  Earnings,  as  defined
                           below in this clause (iii).

                  For purposes hereof, the term  "Consolidated  Pretax Earnings"
         of the  Company  shall  mean,  with  respect  to any fiscal  year,  the
         consolidated income, if any, of the Company for such fiscal year as set
         forth in the audited, consolidated financial statements (the "Financial
         Statements") of the Company and its subsidiaries included in its Annual
         Report to stockholders for such fiscal year,  before deduction of taxes
         based on income or of the incentive compensation to be paid to Employee
         for such fiscal year under this Agreement.  For the purposes hereof the
         term "Minimum  Consolidated  Pretax Earnings" of the Company shall mean
         with respect to any fiscal year, the  consolidated  Pretax  Earnings of
         the Company equal to $2,000,000."

<PAGE>

         2. Paragraph "12" of the Employment  Agreement is hereby deleted in its
entirety, and in its place and stead shall be the following:

                  "12.  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  In the event there shall be a change
         in the present control of the Company as hereinafter defined, or in any
         person directly or indirectly  presently  controlling  the Company,  as
         hereinafter defined,  Employee shall have the right, exercisable within
         six  months of his  becoming  aware of such  event,  to  terminate  his
         employment.  Upon such termination,  Employee shall immediately receive
         as a lump sum payment an amount  equal to (i) three (3) times his "base
         amount",  within the meaning of Section  280G of the  Internal  Revenue
         Code of 1986,  as amended  (hereinafter  "the  Code"),  reduced by (ii)
         $100.00.

                  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  a change in control of the
         Company,  or in any  person  directly  or  indirectly  controlling  the
         Company, shall mean:

                  a)       a change in control as such term is presently defined
                           in Regulation 240.12b-2 under the Securities Exchange
                           Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act"); or

                  b)       if any  "person"  (as  such  term is used in  Section
                           13(d) and 14 (d) of the Exchange  Act) other than the
                           Company  or any  "person"  who on the  date  of  this
                           Agreement  is a director  or officer of the  Company,
                           becomes  the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in Rule
                           13(d)-3   under  the  Exchange   Act),   directly  or
                           indirectly, of securities of the Company representing
                           twenty-five   (25%)  of  the  voting   power  of  the
                           Company's then outstanding securities; or

                  c)       if during the term of this Agreement, individuals who
                           at the beginning of such period  constitute the Board
                           of Directors  cease for any reason to  constitute  at
                           least a majority thereof, unless the election of each
                           director  who is not a director at the  beginning  of
                           such period has been approved in advance by directors
                           representing  at  least   two-thirds   (2/3)  of  the
                           directors  then in office who were  directors  at the
                           beginning of the period.


         3.  Paragraph  "12-A"  shall be added to the  Employment  Agreement  as
following:

                                      -2-

<PAGE>



                  "12-A.  PARACHUTES.  If all, or any  portion,  of the payments
         provided under this  Agreement,  and/or any other payments and benefits
         that  Employee  receives or is entitled  to receive  from the  Company,
         whether or not under an existing plan,  arrangement or other agreement,
         constitutes an excess "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section
         280G(b)  of  the  Code  (each  such  parachute  payment,  a  "Parachute
         Payment")  and will result in the  imposition  on Employee of an excise
         tax under  Section  4999 of the Code,  then,  in  addition to any other
         benefits  to which  Employee  is  entitled  under this  Agreement,  the
         Company  shall pay him an amount in cash equal to the sum of the excise
         taxes payable by him by reason of receiving  Parachute  Payments,  plus
         the amount necessary to put him in the same after-tax  position (taking
         into account any and all  applicable  federal,  state and local excise,
         income or other taxes at the highest possible  applicable rates on such
         Parachute  Payments,  including  without  limitation any payments under
         this Employment Agreement,  as if no excise taxes had been imposed with
         respect to Parachute Payments (the "Parachute Gross-up")."

         4. The aforesaid  Employment  Agreement in all other respects is hereby
ratified and confirmed.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  have executed this  Modification
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                                     HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                                     By: /s/ Myron Levy
                                                        ---------------------
                                                        Myron Levy, President

                                                         /s/ Lee N. Blatt
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Lee N. Blatt, Employee




                                      -3-

<PAGE>


                                             July 30, 1999


Mr. Lee N. Blatt
471 North Arrowhead Trail
Vero Beach, Fl 32963

Re:    Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1998, as modified January 26, 1999,
       between Herley Industries, Inc. and Lee N. Blatt (the "Employment
       Agreement")

Dear Mr. Blatt:

The following will set forth our mutual  agreement as to the modification of the
Employment Agreement effective June 17, 1999:

          1.   Paragrapah  5(i) is amended to  provide  for an annual  salary of
               $587,972  reflecting an increase of $100,000  annually,  plus the
               cumulative  cost of living  adjustment  through  June 30, 1999 as
               provided in Paragraph 5(ii),

          2.   Paragraph 5 (ii) of the Employment  Agreement shall be amended to
               change  the base  period  for  computation  of the cost of living
               adjustment to July 1, 1999.

          3.   You shall receive an allowance  for life  insurance in the annual
               amount of $56,000,  which shall be payable  semi-annually  by the
               Company on August 1, and February 1, as presently provided for in
               the Employment Agreement.

         In all other respects,  the Employment Agreement is hereby ratified and
confirmed.

         If you agree with all of the above,  would you please sign and return a
         coy of this  letter  whereupon  the same  shall  constitute  a  binding
         agreement between us.

                                                    HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC.




                                                    By:    /s/ Myron Levy
                                                         --------------------
                                                             Myron Levy
                                                             President


         ACCEPTED AND AGREED:



         ---------------------------
         Lee N. Blatt





                                                                   Exhibit 10.5
                                                                   ------------

                             MODIFICATION AGREEMENT


         MODIFICATION  AGREEMENT made this 26th day of January, 1999 and between
HERLEY INDUSTRIES,  INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter the "Company") and
MYRON  LEVY,  an  individual  residing  at  147  Deer  Ford  Drive,   Lancaster,
Pennsylvania 17603 (hereinafter "the Employee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the Company and Employee entered into an Employment Agreement
dated October 1, 1998 (hereinafter the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  the  Company  and  Employee  desire to amend said  Employment
Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

         1. Paragraph "5 (iii)" of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in
its entirety, and in its place and stead shall be the following:

     (iii)Not later  than one  hundred  twenty  (120)  days after the end of the
          fiscal  year of the  Company  and each  subsequent  fiscal year of the
          Company  ending  during  the  four  year and  three  month  period  of
          employment,   the  Company   shall  pay  to  Employee,   as  incentive
          compensation an amount equal to four (4%) percent of the  Consolidated
          Pretax  Earnings  of the  Company in excess of the  Company's  Minimum
          Consolidated  Pretax Earnings,  as defined below. For purposes hereof,
          the term  "Consolidated  Pretax  Earnings" of the Company  shall mean,
          with respect to any fiscal year, the consolidated  income,  if any, of
          the  Company  for  such  fiscal  year  as set  forth  in the  audited,
          consolidated financial statements (the "Financial  Statements") of the
          Company  and  its  subsidiaries  included  in  its  Annual  Report  to
          stockholders for such fiscal year,  before deduction of taxes based on
          income or of the  incentive  compensation  to be paid to Employee  for
          such fiscal year under this  Agreement as defined below in this clause
          (iii).

                   For purposes  hereof the term  "Minimum  Consolidated  Pretax
Earnings"  of the  Company  shall mean,  with  respect to any fiscal  year,  the
Consolidated Pretax Earnings of the Company equal to $2,000,000."


<PAGE>

         2. Paragraph "12" of the Employment  Agreement is hereby deleted in its
entirety, and in its place and stead shall be the following:

                  "12.     CHANGE OF CONTROL.

          In the event  there  shall be a change in the  present  control of the
     Company as  hereinafter  defined,  or in any person  directly or indirectly
     presently  controlling the Company, as hereinafter defined,  Employee shall
     have the right, exercisable within six months of his becoming aware of such
     event, to terminate his employment.  Upon such termination,  Employee shall
     immediately  receive as a lump sum payment an amount equal to (i) three (3)
     times his "base amount", within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (hereinafter "the Code"),  reduced by (ii)
     $100.00.

     For purposes of this Agreement,  a change in control of the Company,  or in
     any person directly or indirectly controlling the Company, shall mean:

          a)   a  change  in  control  as such  term  is  presently  defined  in
               Regulation  240.12b-2  under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
               ("Exchange Act"); or

          b)   if any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14 (d)
               of the  Exchange  Act) other than the Company or any "person" who
               on the date of this  Agreement  is a  director  or officer of the
               Company,  becomes  the  "beneficial  owner"  (as  defined in Rule
               13(d)-3  under the  Exchange  Act),  directly or  indirectly,  of
               securities of the Company  representing  twenty-five (25%) of the
               voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or

          c)   if  during  the term of this  Agreement,  individuals  who at the
               beginning of such period  constitute the Board of Directors cease
               for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof,  unless
               the  election  of  each  director  who is not a  director  at the
               beginning  of  such  period  has  been  approved  in  advance  by
               directors representing at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors
               then  in  office  who  were  directors  at the  beginning  of the
               period."

         3.  Paragraph  "12-A"  shall be added to the  Employment  Agreement  as
following:

                                      -2-

<PAGE>



                  "12-A.  PARACHUTES.  If all, or any  portion,  of the payments
         provided under this  Agreement,  and/or any other payments and benefits
         that  Employee  receives or is entitled  to receive  from the  Company,
         whether or not under an existing plan,  arrangement or other agreement,
         constitutes an excess "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section
         280G(b)  of  the  Code  (each  such  parachute  payment,  a  "Parachute
         Payment")  and will result in the  imposition  on Employee of an excise
         tax under  Section  4999 of the Code,  then,  in  addition to any other
         benefits  to which  Employee  is  entitled  under this  Agreement,  the
         Company  shall pay him an amount in cash equal to the sum of the excise
         taxes payable by him by reason of receiving  Parachute  Payments,  plus
         the amount necessary to put him in the same after-tax  position (taking
         into account any and all  applicable  federal,  state and local excise,
         income or other taxes at the highest possible  applicable rates on such
         Parachute  Payments,  including  without  limitation any payments under
         this Employment Agreement,  as if no excise taxes had been imposed with
         respect to Parachute Payments (the "Parachute Gross-up")."

         4. The aforesaid  Employment  Agreement in all other respects is hereby
ratified and confirmed.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned  have executed this  Modification
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                                     HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                                     By: /s/ Lee N. Blatt
                                                        ----------------------
                                                        Lee N. Blatt, Chairman

                                                           /s/ Myron Levy
                                                        ----------------------
                                                         Myron Levy, Employee





                                      -3-

<PAGE>



                                  July 30, 1999




Mr. Myron Levy
807 Bent Creek Drive
Lititz, Pennsylvania 17543

Re:  Employment Agreement dated October 1, 1998, as modified January 26, 1999,
     between Herley Industries, Inc. and Myron Levy (the "Employment Agreement")

Dear Mr. Levy:

          The  following  will  set  forth  our  mutual   agreement  as  to  the
     modification of the Employment Agreement effective June 17, 1999:

          1.   Paragraph  5(i) is  amended to  provide  for an annual  salary of
               $433,876  reflecting an increase of $100,000  annually,  plus the
               cumulative  cost of living  adjustment  through  June 30, 1999 as
               provided in Paragraph 5(ii),

          2.   Paragraph 5 (ii) of the Employment  Agreement shall be amended to
               change  the base  period  for  computation  of the cost of living
               adjustment to July 1, 1999.


          In all other respects, the Employment Agreement is hereby ratified and
     confirmed.

          If you agree with all of the above, would you please sign and return a
     copy of this letter whereupon the same shall constitute a binding agreement
     between us.

                                                  HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC.




                                                  By:   /s/ Lee N. Blatt
                                                      -----------------------
                                                        Lee N. Blatt
                                                        Chairman of the Board


         ACCEPTED AND AGREED:


         ---------------------------
         Myron Levy



                                                                   Exhibit 10.8
                                                                   ------------

                               AGREEMENT OF LEASE


                                     BETWEEN


                                 RSK REALTY LTD


                                       AND


                             HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC.



<PAGE>





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


SPACE ...................................................................1

TERM.....................................................................1

RENT.....................................................................3

USE OF PREMISES..........................................................6

TAXES....................................................................7

CONDITION OF PREMISES AND DELIVERY OF POSSESSION.........................8

INITIAL CONSTRUCTION.....................................................8

REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE, FLOOR LOADS AND PARKING RESTRUCTION................9

TENANT'S ALTERATION.....................................................12

UTILITIES...............................................................14

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, SPRINKLERS.........................................14

INSURANCE...............................................................17

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION...................................................19

SUBORDINATION...........................................................21

INDEMNIFICATION.........................................................23

EMINENT DOMAIN..........................................................23

RIGHT TO SUBLET OR ASSIGN...............................................25

RIGHT TO INSPECT; POSTING SIGNS.........................................28

DEFAULT.................................................................30

                                        i

<PAGE>

REMEDIES OF LANDLORD....................................................31

ATTORNEY'S FEES.........................................................33

WAIVER OF REDEMPTION, COUNTERCLAIM, TRIAL BY JURY.......................33

NO WAIVER...............................................................34

END OF TERM.............................................................35

BROKER..................................................................36

QUIET ENJOYMENT.........................................................37

NONLIABIITY OF LANDLORD.................................................37

NO ABATEMENT............................................................38

APPLICABLE LAW AND CONSTRUCTION.........................................38

CONSTRUCTION ON ADJACENT PREMISES OR BUILDINGS..........................39

UTILITY EASEMENT........................................................40

NOTICES.................................................................40

BINDING EFFECT OF LEASE.................................................40

UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS......................................................41

SANITARY SYSTEMS........................................................41

COMMON AREA MAINTENANCE CHARGE..........................................41

PARKING.................................................................42

CLEANING, RUBBISH REMOVAL...............................................42

EXHIBIT "A".............................................................45






                                       ii


<PAGE>





                             AGREEMENT OF LEASE


     AGREEMENT  OF LEASE made as of the 1st day of  September,  1999 between RSK
Realty LTD a limited partnership having its principal office at 44 Midwood Road,
Rockville Centre,  New York 11570 (hereinafter  referred to as "Landlord"),  and
HERLEY  INDUSTRIES,  INC.,  a  corporation  having  its  principal  office at 10
Industry  Drive,  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania  17603  (hereinafter  referred  to as
"Tenant").

                                      SPACE

     1.Landlord  hereby  leases to Tenant and Tenant  hereby hires from Landlord
the real property and the building and other  improvements  thereon known as and
located at 425 Smith Street Farmingdale,  New York 11735 as shown on Exhibit "A"
annexed hereto (such real property,  building and improvements being hereinafter
referred to as the "Premises" and such building being hereinafter referred to as
the  "Building").  The parties  stipulate  and agree that the Premises  contains
46,280 square feet in a Building containing 68,282 square feet which constitutes
100.00 percent of the areas of the Building ("Tenant's Proportionate Share").

              The  Premises  are let  subject  to  covenants,  restrictions  and
easements of record,  governmental laws, rules,  regulations and orders, and the
reservation  by Landlord of all air rights above,  around and about the Premises
and all rights to increase the sizes of surrounding  buildings  based on the air
rights appurtenant to the Premises,  an, if and when permitted by any present or
future zoning laws, ordinances, orders or regulations.

                                      TERM

         2. (a) The term  ("Term"  or  "Demised  Term" or  "term") of this lease
shall  commence  on the  date of this  lease  (the  "Term  Commencement  Date").
Tenant's  obligation  to pay Rent (as  defined in Article 3) shall  commence  on
Sept.  1, 1999.  The Term of this  lease  shall  expire on the day  (hereinafter
referred to as the "Expiration Date") which is ten (10) years after (I) the Rent
Commencement  Date, if such date is the first day of a calendar  month,  or (ii)
the first day of the first full calendar month  following the Rent  Commencement
Date, if such date is not the first day of a calendar month.

         (b) Tenant  waives any right to rescind this lease under  Section 223-a
of the New York Real  Property Law or any  successor  statute of similar  import
then in force and  further  waives the right to recover  any  damages  which may
result from Landlord's failure to deliver possession of the Premises by the Rent
Commencement Date.


         (c) Upon the request of Landlord,  Tenant  agrees to execute a writing,
prepared and executed by  Landlord,  setting  forth the actual date on which the
Term Commencement  Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date took
place or will take place.  Notwithstanding  anything to the  contrary  contained
herein,  such  writing  shall be  deemed  a part of this  lease  and  conclusive
evidence of such dates.

         (d) A "Lease Year" shall  comprise a period of twelve (12)  consecutive
calendar  months.  The first Lease Year shall commence on the Rend  Commencement
Date but,  notwithstanding  the first  sentence of this  paragraph,  if the Rend
Commencement  Date is not the first day of a month,  then the first  Lease  Year
shall include the additional  period from the Rend  Commencement Date to the end
of the  month in  which  the Rent  Commencement  Date  shall  take  place.  Each
succeeding  Lease Year shall end on the anniversary  date of the last day of the
preceding Lease Year. For example,  if the Rent  Commencement Date is January 1,
1999, the first Lease Year would begin on January 1, 1999 and end on January 31,
2000, the second Lease Year would begin on February 1, 2000, and each succeeding
Lease Year would end on January 31st.
<PAGE>

                                      RENT

         3. (a) Tenant covenants to pay to Landlord at its principal  office, or
at such place as Landlord shall from time to time direct in writing, the minimum
annual  rent set  forth  below,  and the  additional  rent  required  to be paid
pursuant  to the  terms of this  lease.  Minimum  annual  rent  and  such  other
additional  rent  and  charges  which  Tenant  shall  be  required  to  pay  are
hereinafter  sometimes  referred to as "Rent".  Minimum  annual rent shall be as
follows:

         During  the  first  Lease  Year,  the  minimum  annual  rent  shall  be
         $312,390.00 payable in equal monthly installments of $26,032.50.

         During  the  second  Lease  Year,  the  minimum  annual  rent  shall be
         $324,885.60 payable in equal monthly installments of $27,073.80.

         During  the  third  Lease  Year,  the  minimum  annual  rend  shall  be
         $337,881.02 payable in equal monthly installments of $28,156.75.

         During  the  fourth  Lease  Year,  the  minimum  annual  rent  shall be
         $351,396.26 payable in equal monthly installments of $29,283.02.

         During  the  fifth  Lease  Year,  the  minimum  annual  rent  shall  be
         $365,452.12 payable in equal monthly installments of $30,454.34.

         During  the  sixth  Lease  Year,  the  minimum  annual  rent  shall  be
         $376,415.68 payable in equal monthly installments of $31,367.97.

         During  the  seventh  Lease  Year,  the  minimum  annual  rent shall be
         $387,708.15 payable in equal monthly installments of $32,309.01.

         During  the  eighth  Lease  Year,  the  minimum  annual  rent  shall be
         $401,277.93 payable in equal monthly installments of $33,439.83.

         During  the  ninth  Lease  Year,  the  minimum  annual  rent  shall  be
         $415,322.66 payable in equal monthly installments of $34,610.22.

         During  the  tenth  Lease  Year,  the  minimum  annual  rent  shall  be
         $429,858.96 payable in equal monthly installments of $35,821.58.
<PAGE>

                  (b) Tenant shall pay the minimum  annual rent in equal monthly
installments  in advance on the first day of each calendar month included in the
term, except that Tenant shall pay the first month's rent upon execution of this
lease.

                  (c) All Rent  shall  be paid in  lawful  money  of the  United
States which shall be legal tender in payment of all debts and dues,  public and
private,  at the time of payment,  at the address of Landlord  set forth in this
lease or at such other place as Landlord  in writing may  designate  without any
set-off or deduction whatsoever and without any prior demand therefor.

                  (d) Unless  another time shall be herein  expressly  provided,
any additional rent shall be due and payable on demand or together with the next
succeeding  installment of minimum annual rent, whichever shall first occur; and
Landlord shall have the same remedies for failure to pay the additional  rent as
for a non-payment of minimum annual rent.

                  (e)  For any  portion  of a  calendar  month  included  at the
beginning or end of the term, Tenant shall pay 1/30th of the closest  applicable
monthly installment of minimum annual rent (specifically  excluding month one of
the first  Lease Year and months  eleven and twelve of the tenth Lease Year) for
each day of such portion, payable in advance at the beginning of such portion.

                  (f) In any case in which the minimum annual rent of additional
rent is not paid within five (5) days of the day when same is due,  Tenant shall
pay a late charge equal to 8-1/2 cents for each dollar so due;  and, in addition
thereto,  the sum of $100.00 for the purpose of defraying  expenses  incident to
the handling of such  delinquent  account.  Tenant  further agrees that the late
charge  imposed  herein  is  fair  and  reasonable,   complies  with  all  laws,
regulations  and statutes,  and  constitutes an agreement  between  Landlord and
Tenant as to the estimated  compensation for costs and  administrative  expenses
incurred  by  Landlord  due to the late  payment of rent to  Landlord by Tenant.
Tenant  further agrees that the late charge  assessed  pursuant to this lease is
not  interest,  and the late charge  assessed  does not  constitute  a lender or
borrower/creditor relationship between Landlord and Tenant.

                  (g) If Tenant shall default in making any payment  required to
be made by Tenant or in  performing  any  obligation  of Tenant under this lease
which shall  require the  expenditure  of money,  Landlord may, but shall not be
obligated to, make such payment on behalf of Tenant or expend such sum as may be
necessary  to perform or fulfill such  obligation.  Any sums so paid by Landlord
shall be deemed  Rent and shall be due and  payable to  Landlord  at the time of
payment of the next installment of minimum annual rent.
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PREMISES

         4. (a)  Tenant  shall use and  occupy  the  Premises  solely  for light
manufacturing   of  microwave   components  and  products,   and  executive  and
administrative  offices related  thereto and for no other purpose.  Tenant shall
not use or permit the use of the Premises  contrary to any  applicable  statute,
ordinance of regulation or in violation of the  Certificate  of Occupancy of the
Building, or in a manner which would cause structural injury to the Building.

                  (b) Tenant acknowledges that the value of the Premises and the
reputation  of Landlord  will be seriously  injured if the Premises are used for
any obscene or pornographic  purposes or if any obscene or pornographic material
is permitted on the Premises.  Tenant further agrees that Tenant will not permit
any such uses by Tenant or a  subleassee  of the Premises or an assignee of this
lease.  This Paragraph shall directly bind any successors in interest to Tenant.
Tenant agrees that,  if at any time,  Tenant  violates any of the  provisions of
this  Paragraph,  such  violation  shall be  deemed a  breach  of a  substantial
obligation of the terms of this lease and  objectionable  conduct.  Pornographic
material is defined for  purposes of this  Paragraph as any written or pictorial
matter with  prurient  appeal or any objects or  instruments  that are primarily
concerned with lewd or prurient  sexual  activity.  Obscene  material is defined
here as it is in Penal Law ss.235.00.


                                      TAXES

         5. (a) During the term of this lease,  Tenant  covenants  and agrees to
pay,  in the  manner  set  forth in this  Article,  all Real  Estate  Taxes,  as
additional rent.

                  (b) The term "Real  Estate  Taxes" shall be deemed to mean all
taxes and  assessments,  special or otherwise,  assessed upon or with respect to
the  ownership  and all other  taxable  interests  in the land and  improvements
thereon of which the Demised  Premises  are part,  imposed by Federal,  State or
local governmental  authority or any other taxing authority having  jurisdiction
over  Landlord's  tax lot or lots,  but shall not  include  income,  intangible,
franchise,  capital stock,  estate in inheritance taxes, or taxes based upon the
receipt of rentals  (unless the same shall be in lieu of "Real Estate  Taxes" as
herein defined by whatever name the tax may be designated).

                  (c)  Commencing on the Rent  Commencement  Date and continuing
throughout the term of this lease,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Real Estate
Taxes  for each  tax year  occurring  in whole or part  during  the term of this
lease.  Any amount due to Landlord under the provisions of this Article shall be
paid  within five (5) days after  receipt by Tenant from  Landlord of an invoice
therefor. Landlord shall furnish Tenant with evidence of the amount of such Real
Estate Taxes. A copy of the tax bill shall be sufficient  evidence of the amount
of Real Estate Taxes imposed upon the  Premises.  Tenant shall also pay when due
any occupancy  taxes arising under or in connection with this lease. In addition
to the  foregoing,  Tenant  shall also be  responsible  for any increase in Real
Estate Taxes resulting from Tenant's  improvements  performed by or on behalf of
Tenant.
<PAGE>

                  (d)  Landlord's  failure  during  the  term of this  lease  to
prepare and deliver any of the  foregoing  invoices,  tax  statements,  or other
demand for payment of Real Estate Taxes or  Landlord's  failure to make a demand
for any other item of additional  rent due hereunder  shall not in any way waive
or cause  Landlord  to forfeit  or  surrender  its rights to collect  any of the
foregoing  items of additional rend which may have become due during the term of
this lease.

                  (e) If any  mortgagee of the Premises  requires that funds for
the payment of Real Estate taxes be escrowed with such  mortgagee,  Tenant shall
pay to  such  mortgagee,  in a  timely  manner,  the  amounts  required  by such
mortgagee to be escrowed for the payment of Real Estate Taxes.

                  (f) Tenant  shall pay to  Landlord  on demand any Real  Estate
Taxes  relating  to the term of this  lease  which  may  have  been  prepaid  by
Landlord. With respect to any period at the expiration of the term of this lease
which shall  constitute a partial tax year,  Tenant shall be responsible for the
Real  Estate  Taxes  allocable  to such  partial  tax  year and  Landlord's  tax
statement shall apportion the amount of the additional rental due hereunder. The
obligation of Tenant in respect of such  additional rent applicable for the last
year of the term of this lease or part thereof shall  survive the  expiration of
the term of this lease.


                CONDITION OF PREMISES AND DELIVERY OF POSSESSION

         6. (a) Except as otherwise  specifically set forth in Article 7 hereof,
Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in its "as is"  condition  and  understands
and agrees that Landlord  shall not be required to perform any work,  supply any
materials or incur any expense to prepare the Premises for Tenant's occupancy.

                  (b) If Landlord  shall be unable to deliver  possession of the
Premises by the Rent  Commencement  Date,  Landlord  shall not be subject to any
liability  for such  failure to give  possession  and Tenant  hereby  waives the
provisions  of Section  223-a of the Real  Property Law of the State of New York
and any other law of like import now or hereafter enacted.

                              INITIAL CONSTRUCTION
         7. The heating,  ventilating and air conditioning systems servicing the
Premises shall be in good working order as of the Rend Commencement Date. Tenant
shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense,  perform the work necessary to prepare
the  Premises  for Tenant's  occupancy  in  accordance  with and pursuant to the
provisions  of  Article 9 herein.  Upon  completion  of the  foregoing  work and
Landlord's satisfactory inspection of same, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a
work  allowance  of Twenty  Seven  Thousand  ($27,000.00)  Dollars to be used by
Tenant in  connection  with the work  necessary  to  prepare  the  Premises  for
Tenant's occupancy.
<PAGE>

REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE, FLOOR LOADS AND PARKING RESTRICTUION

         8. (a) Tenant shall at all times keep and maintain the Premises in good
order,  condition and repair,  and shall make all  nonstructural  repairs to the
Premises,  including,  without  limiting the  generality of the  foregoing,  (i)
maintenance and repair of the electrical,  plumbing,  heating, air conditioning,
ventilation  and all other  mechanical  systems  servicing  the  Premises;  (ii)
regularly-scheduled  cleaning and  maintenance  of the interior of the Premises;
(iii) the repair and  maintenance  of all plate  glass;  (iv) all common  areas,
landscaping,  sidewalks,  driveways and parking areas at the Building;  and (vi)
keeping the exterior  Premises  clean and free of debris,  snow and ice.  Tenant
shall  obtain and keep in full force and effect for the benefit of Landlord  and
Tenant, wish a responsible company doing business in Nassau or Suffolk County, a
service,   repair  and  maintenance   contract  with  respect  to  the  heating,
ventilating  and  air  conditioning  systems  of the  Premises.  A copy  of such
contract and all renewals thereof shall,  upon issuance and thereafter not later
than ten (10) days prior to expiration,  be furnished to Landlord  together with
evidence  of  payment.  If  Tenant  fails to make any  repairs  or  replacements
required to be made by Tenant,  Landlord may, without  obligation,  perform same
for the account of Tenant at Tenant's  expense and the cost thereof shall be due
and  payable  by  Tenant to  Landlord  as  additional  rent.  In the event  that
structural  repairs,   replacement  or  alterations  or  any  other  repairs  or
replacements  included  under  Article  I(b)  hereof  shall be  necessitated  or
occasioned, in whole or in part, by the acts, omissions, or neglect of Tenant or
any person claiming through or under Tenant or any of their servants, employees,
contractors, agents, visitors or licensees, or by the use of occupancy or manner
of use or  occupancy of the  Premises by Tenant,  or any such  person,  Landlord
shall make such repairs,  replacements  or alterations at Tenant's sole cost and
expense.
         (b) Landlord shall be  responsible  for  maintenance  and repair of the
structural  elements of the Building,  excluding the roof, which Tenant shall be
responsible to repair and maintain.  In the event that maintenance and repair of
the  structural  elements  of the  Building  are caused or  necessitated  by the
negligence  or  intentional  acts of Tenant,  its agents,  servants,  employees,
licensees or invitees, Landlord shall perform such repairs at Tenant's sole cost
and expense.  Landlord shall not be required to commence any repairs required to
be performed by it until after Notice from Tenant that same are necessary, which
notice,  except in the case of  emergency,  shall be in writing and shall permit
Landlord  ten (10) days in which to commence  such  repair.  When  necessary  by
reason  of  accident  or other  casualty  occurring  in the  Building  or at the
Premises or in order to make any necessary repairs,  alterations or improvements
in or relating to the Building or the Premises or other  portions of  Landlord's
property, Landlord reserves the right to interrupt,  temporarily, and on written
notice  to  Tenant  the  supply  of  utility   service  until  said  repairs  or
improvements  shall have been  completed.  There shall be no  abatement  in Rent
because of any such interruption.

         (c) Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises  which
exceeds  the floor load per square  foot area which such floor was  designed  to
carry. If tenant shall desire a floor load in excess of that for which the floor
of any portion of the Premises is designed, upon submission to Landlord of plans
showing  the  location  of and the  desired  floor  live  load  for the  area in
question,  Landlord may  strengthen  and  reinforce  the same,  at Tenant's sole
expense, so as to carry the live load desired.  Business machines and mechanical
equipment used by Tenant which cause  vibration or noise that may be transmitted
to or through the  Building  shall be placed and  maintained  by Tenant,  at its
expense,  in  settings  of cork,  rubber or  spring-type  vibration  eliminators
sufficient to eliminate such vibration or noise.
<PAGE>

         (d) Tenant shall comply with the following restrictions with respect to
the Premises:  (i) Tenant shall store all trash and refuse in appropriate sealed
and covered  containers either within the Premises or in a concealed location at
the rear of the Building  and shall  attend to the regular  disposal and removal
thereof.  (ii) Tenant  shall  receive  all  deliveries,  load and unload  goods,
merchandise,  supplies, fixtures, equipment,  furniture and rubbish only through
proper  service doors and loading  docks  serving the Building,  but in no event
through  the main front  entrance  thereof.  (iii)  Tenant  shall not change the
exterior  colors  or  architectural  treatment  of  the  Premises  or  make  any
alterations  or changes  to the  exterior  of the  Building  or to the  grading,
planting or landscaping  of the exterior of the Building  without the consent of
Landlord,  which shall not be unreasonably withheld. (iv) Tenant shall not place
or install or suffer to be placed or installed any sign upon the Building or the
Premises  unless such sign shall be approved by Landlord and shall be harmonious
with the signs of adjoining properties.  In any event, Tenant shall not place or
cause to be placed upon the Building any awning,  canopy, banner, flag, pennant,
aerial,  antenna or the like. All signs or lettering on or about the Premises or
the Building  shall be neat and of reasonable  size.  The following are strictly
prohibited:  (x) Paper signs and  stickers;  (y) Moving,  flickering or flashing
lights; (z) Exposed neon or florescent tubes or other exposed light sources. (v)
Tenant  shall not permit the parking of any vehicle on the streets and  roadways
adjoining or  surrounding  the Building and Tenant shall require its  employees,
customers,  invitees,  licensees  and visitors to park only in the parking areas
serving  the  Premises.  Tenant  agrees  that  any  violators  of  this  parking
restriction  may be towed away by Landlord at Tenant's sole cost and expense and
Tenant shall indemnify,  defend and hold Landlord harmless against any claims or
liabilities  (including  Landlord's  attorneys'  fees) arising by reason of such
towing by Landlord.  (vi) Tenant shall not  manufacture or store any item which,
in  the  opinion  of  Landlord,  causes  offensive  odors,  irritations,  or any
discomfort to occupants of the Building of which the Premises form a part.

                               TENANT'S ALTERATION

         9. Tenant shall not make, without Landlord's prior written consent, any
installations,  repairs,  alterations,  improvements  or  changes  in or to  the
Premises.  All  improvements,  alterations  and  replacements,  and all building
service equipment made or installed by or on behalf of Tenant, shall immediately
upon completion or  installation  thereof be and become the property of Landlord
(except for purposes of sales tax which shall remain  Tenant's  obligation)  and
shall remain upon the Premises at the  expiration or sooner  termination of this
lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  all trade fixtures,  movable partitions,
furniture  and  furnishings  installed at the expense of Tenant shall remain the
property of Tenant and Tenant may remove the same or any part thereof during the
term  of  this  lease,  or if the  term  shall  end  prior  to the  date  herein
specifically  fixed  for  such  termination,   then  within  a  reasonable  time
thereafter,  but Tenant shall, at its expense,  repair any and all damage to the
Premises  resulting from or caused by such removal.  Title to any property which
Tenant elects not to remove or which is abandoned by Tenant shall, at the end of
the term,  vest in Landlord.  Tenant shall not make any repairs,  alterations or
improvements  until it shall have first  submitted  to  Landlord  all  drawings,
plans,  layouts and specifications for such work (plans and specifications") and
Landlord shall have approved same. All such work to be performed by Tenant shall
be in accordance with the approved plans and  specifications  and Landlord shall
have the right at any time  during  the  pendency  of such work to  inspect  the
Premises and the manner of construction.  All plans and specifications  shall be
compatible with the Landlord's  building plans; comply with all applicable laws,
including  without  limitation,  the Americans with disabilities Act of 1990, as
amended,  and the  rules,  regulations,  requirements  and orders of any and all
government agencies,  departments or bureaus having  jurisdiction;  and be fully
detailed. Including locations and complete dimensions. Tenant shall, at Tenant's
expense, (i) cause all plans and specifications to be fled with the governmental
agencies  having  jurisdiction   thereover,   (ii)  obtain  when  necessary  all
governmental  permits,  licenses and authorizations  required for the work to be
done in connection  therewith,  and (iii) obtain all necessary  certificates  of
occupancy,  both temporary and permanent.  Landlord shall execute such documents
as may be  reasonably  required in  connection  with the  foregoing and Landlord
shall  otherwise   cooperate  with  Tenant  in  connection  with  obtaining  the
foregoing,  but without any expense to Landlord.  No work shall  commence in the
Premises  until (i) Tenant has procured all necessary  permits  therefor and has
delivered copies of same to Landlord,  (ii) Tenant has procured a paid builder's
risk   insurance   policy  with  a  combined   single  limit  of  Three  Million
($3,000,000.00)  Dollars for personal  injury,  death and property damage claims
arising out of any one occurrence  naming Landlord as an additional  insured and
has delivered to Landlord a certificate of insurance evidencing such policy, and
(iii) Tenant or its  contractor has procured a worker's  compensation  insurance
policy  covering the  activities of all persons  working at the Premises and has
delivered to Landlord a certificate of insurance evidencing such policy.  Tenant
may use any licensed architect or engineer,  reasonably approved by Landlord, to
prepare its plans and  specifications  to file for  permits.  However,  all such
plans and permit applications shall be subject to review,  revision and approval
by Landlord or its architect.  In the event of any such repairs,  alterations or
improvements,  Landlord  shall have the  option to require  Tenant to deliver to
Landlord at Tenant's cost and expense a bond satisfactory to Landlord in the sum
equal to the cost of the work.  Any  mechanic's  liens filed at any time against
the Premises,  for work claimed to have been performed or for materials  claimed
to have been furnished to Tenant or Tenants contractors or subcontractors, shall
be discharged by Tenant within ten (10) days after filing by bonding, payment or
otherwise, and upon Tenant's failure to timely discharge any such lien, Landlord
may  discharge  same  through  payment,  bonding or  otherwise  and Tenant shall
reimburse  Landlord,  upon  demand,  for  all  costs  incurred  by  Landlord  in
connection therewith.
<PAGE>

                                    UTILITIES

         10. (a) Tenant shall provide (through a provider selected by Landlord),
at its own expense,  fuel,  heat,  water,  electricity  and all other  utilities
required in connection with its use of the Premises. Landlord shall be obligated
only to make available to Tenant the utility lines and facilities  servicing the
Premises in working  order at the  commencement  of the term of this lease.  (b)
Tenant  shall  be  responsible  for  all  deposits  required  by the  respective
utilities  for  service.  Tenant  shall  comply  with  all  requirements  of the
utilities supplying said service.  Landlord shall have no responsibility for the
installation of telephone or data service.

                         REQUIREMENTS OF LAW, SPRINKLERS


         11. (a) Tenant  shall  promptly  execute and comply with all  statutes,
ordinances,  rules, orders,  regulations and requirements (including those which
require  structural  alterations)  of  all  federal,  state,  county  and  local
government and of any and all their  departments  and bureaus  applicable to the
Premises,  for the  correction,  prevention  or  abatement of nuisances or other
grievances in, upon, or connected  with the Premises  during the term; and shall
also promptly  comply with and execute all rules,  orders and regulations of the
New York Board of Fire  Underwriters for the prevention of fires at the Tenant's
own cost and expense.  In the event Tenant is required by the provisions of this
paragraph  to  make  a  structural  alteration,   Landlord  shall  perform  such
alteration at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

          b)  Tenant  shall  keep  and  maintain  any  sprinkler  system  now or
hereafter installed in the Premises in good repair and working condition, and if
the New York Board of Fire Underwriters or the New York Fire Insurance  Exchange
or  any  bureau,   department  or  official  of  any  federal,  state  or  local
governmental  or  quasi-governmental  authority  shall  require or recommend any
changes, modifications or alterations,  including without limitation, additional
sprinkler heads or other equipment, to be made or supplied by reason of Tenant's
business or the location of partitions, trade fixtures, or other contents of the
Premises, or if such changes, modifications,  alterations,  additional sprinkler
heads or other equipment in the Premises are necessary to prevent the imposition
of a penalty or charge against the full allowance for a sprinkler  system in the
firs insurance  rate as fixed by said Exchange or by any fire insurance  company
with respect to the Building,  the Premises or any adjoining or nearby buildings
or improvements,  Tenant shall at Tenant's sole cost and expenses, promptly make
and supply such changes, modifications,  alterations, additional sprinkler heads
or other equipment.

         (c) If by reason of Tenant's use and  occupancy or  abandonment  of the
Premises,  or if by reason of the  improper or careless  conduct of any business
upon or use of the Premises,  the fire insurance rates for the Building,  or any
other tenants or occupants of the Building or any adjoining or nearby  buildings
or improvements (including contents and equipment coverage) shall at any time be
higher  than  it  otherwise  would  be,  Tenant  shall  reimburse  Landlord,  as
additional rent hereunder,  for that part of all fire insurance premiums charged
to such other owners,  tenants or occupants  because of the improper or careless
conduct  of any  business  upon or use of the  Premises,  and  shall  make  such
reimbursement  upon the first  day of the month  following  billing  thereof  by
Landlord.  In any  action  or  proceeding  based  upon  or  arising  out of this
provision,  a  schedule  or  "make  up" of rates of the  Building  or any  other
affected insurance coverage  purporting to have been issued by the New York Fire
Insurance  Exchange,  or other body making fire insurance rates,  shall be prima
facie evidence of the facts therein stated.
<PAGE>

         (d)  Tenant  shall  keep or  cause  the  Premises  to be  kept  free of
Hazardous Materials (hereafter defined). Without limiting the foregoing,  Tenant
shall not cause or permit  the  Premises  to be used to  generate,  manufacture,
refine, transport,  treat, store, handle, dispose,  transfer, produce or process
Hazardous Materials excepts in compliance with all applicable federal, state and
local laws or regulations,  nor shall Tenant cause or permit, as a result of any
intentional  or  unintentional  act or  omission  on the part of  Tenant  or any
subtenant,  a release of Hazardous Materials onto the Premises or onto any other
property.  Tenant shall comply with and ensure compliance by all subtenants with
all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances,  rules and regulations
whenever and by whomever triggered,  and shall obtain and comply with and ensure
that all subtenants obtain and comply with, any and all approvals, registrations
or permits  required  thereunder.  Tenant  shall (A)  conduct and  complete  all
investigations,  studies,  samplings, and testing, and all remedial removal, and
other  actions  necessary to clean up and remove all  Hazardous  Materials,  on,
from, or affecting the Premises (i) in accordance  with all applicable  federal,
state and local laws, ordinances,  rules, regulations, and policies, (ii) to the
satisfaction of Landlord, and (iii) in accordance with the orders and directives
of all  federal,  state,  and local  governmental  authorities,  and (B) defend,
indemnify,  and hold harmless landlord,  its employees,  agents,  officers,  and
directors from and against any claims, demands,  penalties,  fines, liabilities,
settlements,  damages,  costs, or expenses or whatever kind or nature,  known or
unknown, contingent or otherwise,  arising out of, or in any way related to, (i)
the presence, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials
which are on,  from,  or  affecting  the  soil,  water,  vegetation,  buildings,
personal  property,,  persons,  animals,  otherwise;  (ii) any  personal  injury
(including  wrongful death) or property damage (real or personal) arising out of
or related to such Hazardous Materials; (iii) any lawsuit brought or threatened,
settlement  reached,  or government order relating to such Hazardous  Materials;
and/or  I9iv) any  violation  of laws,  orders,  regulations,  requirements,  or
demands of government  authorities,  or any policies or requirements of Landlord
which  are  based  upon  or in any way  related  to  such  Hazardous  Materials,
including,  without limitation,  attorney and consultant fees, investigation and
laboratory fees, court costs, and litigation  expenses.  In the event this lease
is terminated,  or Tenant is dispossessed,  Tenant shall deliver the Premises to
Landlord free of any and all Hazardous  Materials so that the  conditions of the
Premises  shall  conform  with all  applicable  Federal,  State and Local  laws,
ordinances,  rules or regulations  affecting the Premises.  For purposes of this
paragraph,   "Hazardous  Materials"  includes,   without  limit,  any  flammable
explosives,   radioactive  materials,  hazardous  materials,  hazardous  wastes,
hazardous or toxic substances, or related materials defined in the Comprehensive
Environmental Response,  Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42
U. S.C. Sections 9601, et seq.), the Hazardous Materials  Transportation Act, as
amended (49 U. S. C.  Sections  1801 et seq.),  the  Resource  Conservation  and
Recovery  Act,  as amended  (42 U. S. C.  Sections  9601,  et seq.),  and in the
regulations adopted and publications  promulgated pursuant thereto, or any other
federal, state or local environmental law, ordinance, rule, or regulation.
<PAGE>

                                    INSURANCE

         12. (a) Tenant  shall  obtain and keep in full force and effect  during
the Term,  at its own cost and  expense,  (i) General  Comprehensive  Commercial
Liability  Insurance,  such  insurance to afford  protection in an amount of not
less than Three Million  $3,000,000)  Dollars combined single limit coverage for
injury, death and property damage arising out of any one occurrence,  protecting
Tenant as insured and Landlord as additional  insured against any and all claims
for personal injury,  death or property damage, such policy or policies to cover
the Premises,  inclusive of sidewalks and parking facilities;  and (ii) Fire and
Extended  Coverage  Insurance on Tenant's  property,  insuring against damage by
fire, and such other risks and hazards as are insurable under present and future
standard forms of fire and extended  coverage  insurance  policies,  to Tenant's
property for the full insurable value thereof,  protecting Tenant as insured and
Landlord as additional insured.

         (b) Said insurance is to be written in form and substance  satisfactory
to Landlord  by a good and solvent  insurance  company of  recognized  standing,
admitted  to do business  in the State of New York,  which  shall be  reasonably
satisfactory  to  Landlord.  Tenant  shall  procure,  maintain  and  place  such
insurance  and pay all premiums  and charges  therefor and upon failure to do so
Landlord  may, but shall not be obligated to,  procure,  maintain and place such
insurance or make such  payments,  or in such event the Tenant agrees to pay the
amount thereof,  plus interest at the maximum rate permitted by law, to Landlord
on demand and said sum shall be in each instance  collectible as additional rent
on the first day of the month following the date of payment by Landlord.  Tenant
shall  cause to be included in all such  insurance  policies a provision  to the
effect that the same will be non-cancelable except upon twenty (20) days written
notice to  landlord.  At least ten (10) days prior to Tenant's  occupancy of the
Premises,  the original insurance policies or appropriate  certificates shall be
deposited with landlord.  Any renewals,  replacements  or  endorsements  thereto
shall also be deposited with Landlord to the end that said insurance shall be in
full force and effect during the Term.

         (c) Each party agrees to use its best efforts to include in each of its
insurance policies (insuring the Building and Landlord's  property,  in the case
of Tenant,  against loss, damage or destruction by fire or casualty) a waiver of
insurer's right of subrogation against the other party, or if such waiver should
be unobtainable or unenforceable (i) an express agreement that such policy shall
not be invalidated if the insured waives or has waived before the casualty,  the
right of recovery  against any party  responsible for a casualty  covered by the
policy, or (ii) any other form of permission for the release of the other party,
or (iii) the  inclusion of the other party as an additional  insured,  but not a
party to whom any loss shall be payable. If such waiver, agreement or permission
shall not be, or shall cease to be, obtainable without additional charge at all,
the  insured  party  shall so notify the other  party  promptly  after  learning
thereof.  In such as, if the  other  party  shall  agree in  writing  to pay the
insurer's additional charge therefor, such waiver, agreement or permission shall
be  included  in the  policy,  or the  other  party  name  shall  be named as an
additional  insured  in the  policy,  but not a party to whom any loss  shall be
payable.  Each such policy which shall so name a party  hereto as an  additional
insured shall contain, if obtainable,  agreements by the insurer that the policy
will not be  cancelled  without at least  twenty (20) days prior  notice to both
insureds  and that the act or omission of one insured  will not  invalidate  the
policy as to the other insured.
<PAGE>

         (d) As long as Landlord's fire insurance policies then if force include
the waiver of  subrogation  or  agreement  or  permission  to release  liability
referred  to in  Subsection  (c0 or name the  tenant as an  additional  insured,
Landlord  hereby waives (I) any obligation on the part of Tenant to make repairs
to the Premises  necessitated or occasioned by fire or other casualty that is an
insured risk under such policies, and (ii) any right of recovery against Tenant,
any  other  permitted  occupant  of the  Premises,  and any of  their  servants,
employees,  agents  or  contractors,  for any loss  occasioned  by fire or other
casualty  that is an  insured  risk under  such  policies.  In the event that at
anytime  Landlord's  fire  insurance  carriers shall not include such or similar
provisions in Landlord's fire insurance  policies,  the waivers set forth in the
foregoing sentence shall be deemed of no further force or effect.

         (e) As long as Tenant's fire  insurance  policies then in force include
the waiver or  subrogation  or  agreement  or  permission  to release  liability
referred to in Subsection  (c), or name the Landlord as an  additional  insured,
Tenant hereby waives (and agrees to cause any other  permitted  occupants of the
Premises to execute and deliver to Landlord  written  instruments  waiving)  any
right of  recovery  against  Landlord,  any other  tenants or  occupants  of the
Building,  and any servants,  employees,  agents or contractor of Landlord or of
any  such  other  tenants  or  occupants  of the  Building,  and  any  servants,
employees,  agents or  contractors  of Landlord or of any such other  tenants or
occupants,  for any loss  occasioned  by fire or  other  casualty  ;which  is an
insured risk under such  policies.  In the event that at any time  Tenant's fire
insurance carriers shall not include such or similar provisions in Tenant's fire
insurance  policies,  the waiver set forth in the foregoing sentence shall, upon
notice given by Tenant to Landlord, be deemed of no further force or effect with
respect to any insured risks under such policy from and after the giving of such
notice.  During any period while the foregoing waiver of right of recovery is in
effect, Tenant, or any other permitted occupant of the Premises, as the case may
be, shall look solely to the proceeds of such policies to  compensate  Tenant or
such other permitted  occupant for any loss occasioned by fire or other casualty
which is an insured risk under such policies.

         (f) Tenant  shall  reimburse  Landlord,  as  additional  rent,  for one
hundred  (100%)  percent of all premiums  payable by Landlord for fire insurance
upon th4e Building,  including  extended coverage,  rental value,  vandalism and
malicious  mischief,  to be maintained upon the Building during the Term of this
lease.  The aforesaid  charge shall be due and payable to Landlord as additional
rent on the Rent date next  following the giving of notice to Tenant by Landlord
of the amount due for such premium.  The parties shall apportion such premium at
the commencement and termination of the lease Term.


<PAGE>

                              DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

         13. (a) If the Building or the  Premises or any part  thereof  shall be
damaged by fire or other  casualty  and Tenant gives  prompt  notice  thereof to
Landlord, Landlord shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair or cause to
be repaired such damage.  The minimum  annual rent shall be abated to the extent
that the Premises  shall have been rendered  untenantable,  such abatement to be
from the date of such damage or  destruction  to the date the Premises  shall be
substantially  repaired or rebuilt,  in proportion which the area of the part of
the Premises so rendered untenantable bears to the total area of the Premises.

         (b) If the  Premises  shall  be  totally  damaged  or  rendered  wholly
untenantable  by fire or other  casualty,  and Landlord has not terminated  this
lease  pursuant to Subsection  (c) and Landlord has not completed  making of the
required  repairs and  restored and rebuilt the  Premises  an/or access  thereto
within twelve (12) months from the date of such damage or destruction,  and such
additional  time after  such date (but in no event to exceed six (c)  months) as
shall equal the aggregate  period  Landlord may have been delayed in doing so by
unavoidable  delays or  adjustment  of  insurance,  Tenant  may serve  notice on
Landlord of its  intention to terminate  this lease,  and, if within thirty (30)
days  thereafter  Landlord  shall not have  completed the making of the required
repairs and restored and rebuilt the Premises, this lease shall terminate on the
expiration of such thirty (30) day period as if such  termination  date were the
Expiration  Date,  and the Rent shall be apportioned as of such date any prepaid
portion of Rent for any period  after such date shall be refunded by Landlord to
Tenant.
         (c) If the  Premises  shall  be  totally  damaged  or  rendered  wholly
untenable by fire or other  casualty or if the  Building  shall be so damaged by
fire or other  casualty that  substantial  alteration or  reconstruction  of the
Building shall, in Landlord's  opinion, be required (whether or not the Premises
shall  have been  damaged by such fire or other  casualty),  then in any of such
events Landlord may, at its option, terminate this lease and the Term and estate
hereby  granted,  by giving Tenant  thirty (30) days notice of such  termination
within  ninety (90) days after the date of such  damage.  In the event that such
notice of termination  shall be given, this lease and the Term and estate hereby
granted,  shall  terminate as of the date provided in such notice of termination
(whether or not the Term shall have  commenced)  with the same effect as if that
were the  Expiration  Date, and the Rent shall be apportioned as of such date or
sooner  termination and any prepaid portion of minimum annual rent or additional
rent for any period after such date shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant.

         (d) Landlord shall not be liable for any  inconvenience or annoyance to
Tenant or injury to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from such damage
by fire or other  casualty  or the  repair  thereof.  Landlord  will  not  carry
insurance of any kind on Tenant's property,  and Landlord shall not be obligated
to repair any damage thereto or replace the same.
         (e) This lease shall be considered an express  agreement  governing any
case of damage to or  destruction of the Building or any part thereof by fire or
other  casualty,  and Section 227 of the Real  Property  Law of the State of New
York providing for such a contingency in the absence of such express  agreement,
and any  other  law of like  import  now or  hereafter  enacted,  shall  have no
application in such case.
<PAGE>

                                  SUBORDINATION

         14.  This lease shall be subject  and  subordinate  at all times to the
lien of any  mortgages (i) now  encumbering  the Building or the Premises and to
all advances  made or hereafter to be made upon the security  thereof,  and (ii)
hereafter  made  provided same are made to a lending  institution.  Tenant shall
execute and deliver such further  instrument or instruments  subordinating  this
lease to the lien of any such  mortgage or  mortgages as shall be desired by any
mortgagee  or  proposed  mortgagee  and  Tenant  hereby  appoints  Landlord  the
attorney-in-fact  of  Tenant,  irrevocably,  to  execute  and  deliver  any such
instrument  or  instruments  for the  Tenant.  As used in this  lease,  the term
"lending  institution"  shall mean savings bank,  savings and loan  association,
bank or trust company,  real estates  investment  trust,  investment  bank or an
affiliate  thereof,  insurance  company,  university,   public  or  private,  or
employee, welfare, pension or retirement fund or system.

         (b) Upon demand,  Tenant shall  furnish to Landlord  certified  balance
sheets  and  operating  statements  for the past five (5)  years and such  other
information,  financial or otherwise,  concerning Tenant which may reasonably be
required by any prospective mortgagee.

         (c) Tenant  shall,  upon not less than five (5) days' prior  request by
Landlord,  execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing
certifying  (i) that the lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if
there  have been  modifications  that the same are in full  force and  effect as
modified and  identifying the  modifications),  (ii) The dates to which the Rent
and other charges have been paid, and (iii) that so far as the person making the
certificate knows, Landlord is not in default under any provision of this lease.
It is  intended  that  any  such  statement  may be  relied  upon by any  person
proposing  to  acquire  Landlord's  interest  in  this  lease,  any  prospective
purchaser of the  Premises,  or any  prospective  mortgagee,  or assignee of any
mortgage upon the Premises.

         (d) So long as there is a first mortgage lien encumbering the Premises,
Landlord and Tenant shall not,  without  first obtain in the written  consent of
such  mortgagee,  enter into any agreement,  the effect of which would be to (i)
modify, cancel,  terminate or surrender this lease; (ii) grant any concession in
respect thereof;  (iii) reduce the Rent or require the prepayment of any rent in
advance of the due date thereof; (iv) create any offsets or claims against Rent;
(v) assign in whole or in part any of the rents therefrom or Tenant's  interests
in this  lease or sublet  the whole or any  portion  of the  Premises  except as
provided in this lease.

         (e) Tenant shall,  within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal
year of Tenant,  furnish to Landlord and any first  mortgagee  of the  Premises,
copies  of  balance  sheets of  Tenant  for such  fiscal  year,  certified  by a
certified public accountant.

          (f) In the event of any act or omission  by Landlord  which would give
Tenant  the  right  to  terminate  this  lease or to  claim a  partial  or total
eviction,  Tenant  shall not  exercise  any such  right  until (I) it shall have
served written notice, by registered mail, of such act or omission,  to Landlord
and to the  holder  of any  mortgage  whose  name and  address  shall  have been
furnished  to Tenant in writing,  at the last address so  furnished,  and (ii) a
reasonable  period of time for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed
following  the serving of such notice;  provided,  however,  that  following the
serving  of  such  notice,  Landlord  or  said  holder  shall,  with  reasonable
diligence,  have  commenced  and  continued to remedy such act or omission or to
cause the same to be remedied.
<PAGE>

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         15. Tenant shall  indemnify,  defend,  save and hold Landlord  harmless
from and against any and all liability and damages and any and all injury, loss,
claim, damage or suite of every kind and nature, including Landlord's reasonable
counsel  fees,  to  any  person,  firm,  association  or  corporation  or to any
property,  arising  out of or based upon,  related  to, or in any way  connected
with,  the use or  occupancy  of the  Premises  or the conduct or  operation  of
Tenant's  business  unless such injury,  loss,  claim or damage is  attributable
solely to the negligence of Landlord or its agents, servants or employees.

                                 EMINENT DOMAIN

         16.  (a) If the  whole of the  Premises  be taken  under  the  power of
eminent  domain for any public or  quasi-public  improvement or use, the term of
this lease  shall  expire as of the date of  vesting of title in the  condemning
authority.

         (b) If 25% or more of the  Building is taken under the power of eminent
domain or for any public or quasi-public purpose, Landlord shall have the option
of canceling and  terminating  this lease by written notice service within sixty
(60) days after the taking,  and this lease shall  thereupon  expire on the 90th
day after the serving by Landlord of said notice.

         (c) If less than 25% of the Building is taken,  this lease shall remain
in full  force and  effect,  however,  minimum  annual  rent shall be reduced in
proportion  to the  percentage  of square  feet of the  Building  so  taken.  If
Tenant's  parking  area  only is taken,  then (i) if 25% or less is taken,  this
lease shall not terminate but minimum annual rent only shall be apportioned  pro
rata in accordance  with the size and  usefulness of the portion  taken,  unless
Landlord  provides  substitute  parking  for Tenant  within  reasonable  walking
distance of the Premises,  substantially  equal in size to that which was taken,
within  sixty  (60) days  after the  taking;  or (ii) if more than 25% is taken,
then, unless Landlord provides substitute  parking,  substantially equal in size
to that which was taken, and within reasonable walking distance of the Premises,
within  sixty (60) days after the  taking,  this lease  shall,  at the option of
either  Landlord or Tenant,  by written  notice served between the 61st and 90th
day after the taking,  be canceled and  terminated  effective (60) days from the
date of said  taking and if such  notice is not  served,  this  lease  shall not
terminate  but  minimal  annual  rent  only  shall  be  apportioned  pro rata in
accordance with the size and usefulness of the portion taken.

         (d) If this lease is not terminated or terminable  under the provisions
of this Article 16, Landlord shall,  with reasonable  dispatch and at Landlord's
sole cost and expense, restore, reconstruct and rebuild the remaining portion of
the Premises and the Building and all the appurtenances,  equipment,  utilities,
facilities and  installations  to their condition prior to such taking,  in such
;manner that the  resulting  building  and parking area a driveways;  shall be a
complete and integrated structural, architectural and functional unit similar to
and of equal  material  and  workmanship  to the  Building  and parking area and
driveways  prior  to  such  taking,  with  all  the  appurtenances,   equipment,
utilities,  facilities and installations  throughout in good working order so as
to put both the parking area and driveways and the Premises in proper  condition
to be used by Tenant for the same purpose as at the time of such taking,  all in
accordance with plans and specifications to be prepared by Landlord, at the sole
cost and expense of Landlord.
<PAGE>

         (e) If the nature of the work to be performed as a result of the taking
is such as to  prevent  the  operation  of the  business  then  being  conducted
thereon,  or to make it impractical so to do, then the Rent and other charges to
be paid by Tenant under this lease shall abate until  substantial  completion of
such work by Landlord.

         (f) If in the event of any taking  under the power of  eminent  domain,
Landlord  shall be entitled to and shall receive the entire  award,  except that
Tenant  shall be  entitled  to and shall  receive any part of any award made for
Tenant's cost of moving  Tenant's trade fixtures  (provided same does not reduce
the amount of Landlord's award).

         (g) In the event of any dispute  under the  provisions  of this Article
16, it shall be resolved by arbitration in Suffolk County, New York before three
disinterested  and impartial  arbitrators,  in accordance  with the rules of the
American  Arbitration  Association.  Each arbitrator shall have a minimum of ten
(10) years'  experience in dealing with,  renting or appraising  industrial real
estate.  All fees and expenses of the arbitrators  and the American  Arbitration
Association shall be borne equally by the parties.

                            RIGHT TO SUBLET OR ASSIGN

         17. (a) Tenant covenants that it shall not assign this lease nor sublet
the  Demised  Premises or any part  thereof by  operation  of law or  otherwise,
including,  without  limitation,  an  assignment or subletting as defined in (d)
below, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, except on
the conditions hereinafter stated. Tenant may assign this lease or sublet all or
a portion of the Demised Premises with Landlord's written consent, provided:

                  (i) That such  assignment or sublease is for a use which is in
compliance  with this lease and the then  existing  zoning  regulations  and the
Certificate of Occupancy;

                  (ii) That, at the time of such assignment or subletting, there
is not default under the terms of this lease on the Tenant's part'

                  (iii) That, in the event of an assignment,  the assignee shall
assume in writing the  performance  of all of the terms and  obligations  of the
within lease;
                  (iv) That a duplicate  original of said assignment or sublease
shall be delivered by certified  mail to the Landlord at the address  herein set
forth  within  ten (10) days from the said  assignment  or  sublease  and within
ninety (90) days of the date that Tenant first advises  Landlord of the name and
address  of  the  proposed  subtenant  or  assignee,  as  required  pursuant  to
subparagraph (b) hereof;

                  (v) Such assignment or subletting shall not, however,  release
the within Tenant or any successor  tenant or any guarantor from their liability
for the full and faithful performance of all of the terms and conditions of this
lease;
                  (vi) If this lease be assigned,  or if the Demised Premises or
any part thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant,  Landlord
may after  default by Tenant  collect  rent from the  assignee,  undertenant  or
occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved; and

                  (vii)  That,  in the event  Tenant  shall  request  Landlord's
consent to a proposed  assignment of this lease or proposed sublease of all or a
portion of the Demised  Premises,  Tenant shall pay or reimburse to Landlord the
reasonable attorney fees incurred by Landlord in processing such request.

<PAGE>


         (b)  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  this  Article  17 to the
contrary,  no  assignment or  underletting  shall be made by Tenant in any event
until  Tenant  has  offered  to  terminate  this lease as of the last day of any
calendar  month during the Term hereof and to vacate and  surrender  the Demised
Premises  to  landlord  on the date  fixed in the notice  served by Tenant  upon
Landlord  (which date shall be prior to the date of such proposed  assignment or
the commencement date of such proposed lease). Simultaneously with said offer to
terminate this leas, Tenant shall advise the Landlord,  in writing,  of the name
and  address of the  proposed  assignee  or  subtenant,  a  reasonably  detailed
statement of the proposed  subtenant/assignee's  business,  reasonably  detailed
financial  references,  and all the  terms,  covenants,  and  conditions  of the
proposed sublease or assignment.

         (c) Tenant may,  without the consent of Landlord,  assign this lease to
an affiliated  (i.e., a corporation  20% or more of whose capital stock is owned
by the same stockholders owning 20% or more of Tenant's capital stock), a parent
or subsidiary  corporation  of Tenant or to a  corporation  to which it sells or
assigns all or substantially  all of its assets or stock or with which it may be
consolidated  or  merged,  provided  such  purchasing,   consolidated,   merged,
affiliated  or subsidiary  corporation  shall,  in writing,  assume and agree to
perform all of the  obligations  of Tenant under this lease and it shall deliver
such  assumption with a copy of such assignment to Landlord within ten (10) days
thereafter, and provided further than Tenant shall not be released to discharged
from any liability under this lease by reason of such assignment.

         (d) For  purposes of this Article 17, (i) the transfer of a majority of
the  issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of any  corporate  tenant,  or of a
corporate subtenant,  or the transfer of a majority of the total interest in any
partnership  tenant or  subtenant,  however  accomplished,  whether  in a single
transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions, shall be deemed
an assignment of this lease,  or of such sublease,  as the case may be; (ii) any
person or legal  representative  of Tenant, to whom Tenant's interest under this
lease passes by operation of law or otherwise,  shall be bound by the provisions
of this Article 17; and (iii) a modification or amendment of a sublease shall be
deemed a sublease.

         (e) Whenever Tenant shall claim under this Article or any other part of
this lease that  Landlord  has  unreasonably  withheld or delayed its consent to
some request of Tenant, Tenant shall have no claim for damages by reason of such
alleged  withholding or delay, and Tenant's sole remedy thereof shall be a right
to obtain  specific  performance  or injunction but in no event with recovery of
damages.

         (f)  Tenant  shall  not  mortgage,  pledge,  hypothecate  or  otherwise
encumber its interest under this lease without Landlord's prior written consent.

         (g)  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  this  Article  17 to the
contrary, no assignment or underletting shall be made by Tenant to any brokerage
firm.
<PAGE>

                         RIGHT TO INSPECT; POSTING SIGNS

         18. (a) Tenant shall permit  Landlord or Landlord's  agent to enter the
Premises at all  reasonable  hours for the purpose of (i)  inspecting  the same;
(ii) making repairs required by the terms of this lease to be made by Tenant and
which  Tenant  neglects or refuses to make;  (iii)  exhibiting  the  Premises to
prospective  purchasers  and  mortgagees;  (iv)  during the twelve  (12)  months
preceding the  expiration of this lease,  exhibiting the Premises to brokers and
prospective  tenants;  and  (v) for the  purpose  of  making  any  additions  or
alterations to the Building or to any surrounding building provided, in each and
every  case,  Landlord  shall  use its  reasonable  effort  not to  unreasonably
interfere  with the  conduct  of  Tenant's  business  at the  Premises.  If,  at
reasonable hours, admission to the Premises for the aforesaid purposes cannot be
obtained or, if at any time entry shall be deemed  necessary for the  inspection
or protection of the Premises or for making any repairs, whether for the benefit
of Tenant or not,  Landlord or  Landlord's  agents may enter the Premises by any
lawful  means  without  rendering  Landlord  or its agents  liable to Tenant for
damages by reason thereof.

          (b) During  the  twelve  (12)  months  preceding  the end of the term,
Landlord  may post and  maintain,  without  hindrance or  molestation,  signs or
notices indicating that the Premises are for sale and/or for rent;  however,  no
such sign shall be affixed to a door or window of the premises.

                                   BANKRUPTCY

         19. (a) If, at any time prior to the  commencement  of the term of this
lease,  or if at any time  during the term,  there  shall be filed by or against
Tenant in any curt, pursuant to any statute,  either of the United States of any
State, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for  reorganization  or for the
appointment  of a receiver or trustee of all or a portion of Tenant's  property,
and within thirty (30) days thereof Tenant fails to secure a discharge  thereof,
or if Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or petition for or
enters into an  arrangement,  this lease at the option;  of Landlord,  exercised
within a  reasonable  time after  notice of the  happening of any one or more of
such events,  may be canceled and terminated,  in which event neither Tenant nor
any person  claiming  through or under Tenant by virtue of any statute or of any
order of any court,  shall be entitled to  possession or to remain in possession
of the  Premises  but shall  forthwith  quit and  surrender  the  Premises,  and
Landlord, in addition to any other rights, may retain any rent, security deposit
or monies  received  by it from  Tenant or others in behalf of Tenant as partial
liquidated damages.

         (b) In the event of the termination of this lease pursuant to paragraph
(a) of this Article 19,  Landlord  shall  forthwith,  notwithstanding  any other
provision of this lease to the  contrary,  be entitled to recover from Tenant as
and for liquidated  damages an amount equal to the  difference  between the Rent
reserved  hereunder for the unexpired  portion of the term and the then fair and
reasonable  rental value of the Premises for the same period. In the computation
of such damages,  the  difference  between any  installment of Rent becoming due
hereunder after the date of termination and the fair and reasonable rental value
of the Premises for the period for which such  installment  was payable shall be
discounted  to the  date of  termination  at the  rate of 4% per  annum.  If the
Premises,  or any part thereof,  be relet by Landlord for the unexpired  term of
this lease, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall prima facie be
the fair and  reasonable  rental value for the part or the whole of the Premises
so relet during the term of the reletting.  Nothing herein contained shall limit
or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages
by reason of such  termination  an amount  equal to the  maximum  allowed by any
statute or rule of law, in effect at the time when, and governing the proceeding
in which, such damages are to be proved,  whether or not such amount be greater,
equal to, or less than the amount of the difference referred to above.
<PAGE>

                                     DEFAULT

         20. (a) If Tenant shall fail to pay any  installment  of minimum annual
rent or any additional  rent or other charges within five (5) days of the day on
which  same  are  required  to be  paid  hereunder,  or if  Tenant  defaults  in
fulfilling  any of the other  covenants  of this  lease and such  default  shall
continue for a period of ten (10) days after notice, or if Tenant shall dissolve
or liquidate  or commence to dissolve or  liquidate,  or if the Premises  become
vacant or deserted,  or if the said default or omission  complained  of shall be
such a nature that the same cannot be completely  cured or remedied  within said
ten (10) day period,  and if Tenant shall not have diligently  commenced  during
such  default  within such ten (10) day period,  and shall not  thereafter  with
reasonable  diligence  and in good faith proceed to remedy or cure such default,
then, in any one or more of such events,  Landlord may serve a written three (3)
day notice of cancellation of this lease upon Tenant, and upon the expiration of
said three (3) days, this lease and the term thereunder  shall end and expire as
fully and  completely  as if the date of expiration of such three (3) day period
were the day herein defined fixed for the end and expiration of this lease,  and
the term thereof,  and Tenant shall remain liable as  hereinafter  provided.  If
Tenant  shall  default (i) in the timely  payment of any item of Rent,  and such
default shall continue or be repeated for two consecutive  months for a total of
four months in any period of twelve  months,  or (ii) in the  performance of any
particular term,  condition or covenant of this lease more than six times in any
period of twelve  months,  then,  notwithstanding  that such defaults shall have
each been cured  within the period  after  notice,  if any,  as provided in this
lease, any further similar default shall be deemed to be deliberate and Landlord
thereafter  may serve a written ten (10) day notice of termination of this lease
to Tenant without affording Tenant an opportunity to cure such further default.

         (b) If (i) the notice  provided for in  paragraph  (a) above shall have
been given and the term shall expire as  aforesaid,  or (ii) if any execution or
attachment shall be issued against Tenant or any of Tenant's property  whereupon
the Premises or any part  thereof  shall be taken or occupied or attempted to be
taken or occupied by someone  other than  Tenant,  or (iii) if Tenant shall make
default with respect to any other lease between Landlord and Tenant,  or (iv) if
Tenant shall fail to move into or take possession of the Premises within fifteen
(15) days after the Premises are  substantially  complete,  then,  and in any of
such events Landlord may, without notice,  re-enter the Premises either by force
or any lawful  means,  and  dispossess  Tenant (or the legal  representative  of
Tenant or other  occupant of the Premises) by summary  proceedings  or otherwise
and remove  their  effects  and hold the  Premises  as if this leas had not been
made, and Tenant hereby waives the service of notice of intention to re-enter or
to  institute  legal  proceedings  to that end.  If Tenant  shall be in  default
hereunder  prior  to the  date  fixed  as the  commencement  of any  renewal  or
extension  of this lease,  Landlord  may cancel and  terminate  such  renewal or
extension agreement by written notice.

                              REMEDIES OF LANDLORD

         21.  (a) If this  lease is  terminated  or if  Landlord  re-enters  the
Premises under Article 20 or any other such default provision  contained herein,
Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages, at the election of Landlord, sums equal
to the minimum annual rent ant  additional  rent that would have been payable by
Tenant through and including the  Expiration  date had this lease not terminated
or had Landlord not re-entered the Premises, payable upon the due dates therefor
specified in this lease; provided,  that if Landlord shall relet all or any part
of the  Premises  for  all or any  part  of the  period  commencing  on the  day
following  the  date  of such  termination  or  re-entry  to and  including  the
Expiration, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord
from such reletting, such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the
gross rents as and when  received by Landlord  from such  reletting the expenses
incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating  this lease and of  re-entering  the
Premises  and of  securing  possession  thereof,  as  well  as the  expenses  of
reletting,  including,  without limitation,  altering and preparing the Premises
for  new  tenants,  brokers'  commissions,   and  all  other  expenses  properly
chargeable against the Premises and the rental therefrom in connection with such
reletting,  it being  understood  that any such reletting  may;; be for a period
equal to or shorter or longer than said period;  provided,  further, that (i) in
no event  shall  Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over
the sums payable to Tenant to Landlord under this lease,  (ii) in no event shall
Tenant be entitled,  in any suit for the collection of damages  pursuant to this
Article 21(a),  to a credit in respect of any net rents from a reletting  except
to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord prior to the
commencement  of such suit,  and (iii)  Landlord shall have not obligation to so
relet the Premises and Tenant hereby waives any right Tenant may have, at law or
in equity, to require Landlord to so relet the Premises.
<PAGE>

         At any time after the  Demised  Term shall have  expired and come to an
end or Landlord  shall have  re-entered  upon the premises,  as the case may be,
whether or not  Landlord  shall  have  collected  any  monthly  deficiencies  as
provided  below,  Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant,  and Tenant
shall pay to  Landlord,  on  demand,  as and for  liquidated  and  agreed  final
damages,  a sum  equal  to the  amount  by which  the  minimum  annual  rent and
additional rent reserved in this lease for the period which otherwise would have
constituted the unexpired  portion of the Demised Term exceeds the then fair and
reasonable rental value of the Premises for the same period,  both discounted to
present  worth  at  the  rate  of  four  (4%)  percent  per  annum.  If,  before
presentation of proof of such liquidated  damages to any court,  commission,  or
tribunal,  the Premises, or any part thereof,  shall have been relet by Landlord
for the period which otherwise would have  constituted the unexpired  portion of
the Demised  Term,  or any part  thereof,  the amount of Rent reserved upon such
reletting  shall be deemed,  prima facie,  to be the fair and reasonable  rental
value for the part or the whole of the  Premises so relet during the term of the
reletting.

         Suit or suits for the  recovery of any  damages  payable  hereunder  by
Tenant or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time
at its election, and nothing contained herein shall require Landlord to postpone
suit until the date when the Term would have expired but for such termination or
re-entry.  In all cases hereunder,  and in any suit, action or proceeding of any
kind between the parties,  it shall be  presumptive  evidence of the fact of the
existence of a charge  being due, if Landlord  shall  produce a bill,  notice or
certificate  of any  public  official  entitled  to give  such  bill,  notice or
certificate to the effect that such charge appears of record on the books in his
or her office and has not been paid.

         (b) Nothing  contained  in this lease shall be construed as limiting or
precluding  the  recovery by Landlord  against  Tenant of any sums or damages to
which,  in addition to the damages  particularly  provided  above,  Landlord may
lawfully be entitled by reason of any default  hereunder  on the part of Tenant.
Anything in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding,  during the continuation
of any default by Tenant, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise any rights or
options,  or to receive any funds or proceeds  being held,  under or pursuant to
this lease.

         (c) The specified  remedies to which Landlord may resort  hereunder are
cumulative  and are not intended to be exclusive of any other  remedies or means
of redress to which  Landlord may lawfully be entitled,  and Landlord may invoke
any remedy  allowed  at law or in equity if  specific  remedies  were not herein
provided for.

                                 ATTORNEY'S FEES

         22.  If  Tenant  shall  at any  time be in  default  hereunder,  and if
Landlord shall  institute an action or summary  proceeding  against Tenant based
upon such  default  and  Landlord  shall be  successful,  or if  Landlord  shall
otherwise engage an attorney in connection with the enforcement of any provision
of this lease, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable  expenses
of attorney's fees and  disbursements  incurred by Landlord.  The amount of such
expenses shall be deemed to be "additional rent' hereunder and shall be due from
Tenant to Landlord on the first day of the month following the incurring of such
expenses.


<PAGE>


         WAIVER OR REDEMPTION, COUNTERCLAIM, TRIAL BY JURY

         23. Tenant hereby expressly (i) waives any and all rights of redemption
granted  by or under any  present  or future  laws in the event of Tenant  being
evicted  or  dispossessed  for any cause or in the event of  Landlord  obtaining
possession  of the  Premises by reason of the  violation by Tenant of any of the
covenants and  conditions of this lease or otherwise;  (ii) waives all rights to
stay  summary  proceedings;  and (iii)  agrees that it shall not  interpose  any
counterclaim  in any summary  proceeding or any action based on  non-payment  of
Rent or any other payments or charges required to be made by Tenant to Landlord.
Landlord  and Tenant  hereby  waive trial by jury in any action,  proceeding  or
counterclaim  brought by either of them  against the other with  respect to any;
matters  arising  out of or  connected  with this  lease,  the  relationship  of
Landlord and Tenant, Tenant's use or occupancy of the premises, and/or any claim
of injury or damage and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy.

                                    NO WAIVER

         24. No act or thing done by Landlord or  Landlord's  agents  during the
term  hereby  demised  shall be  deemed  an  acceptance  of a  surrender  of the
Premises,  and no  agreement to accept such  surrender  shall be valid unless in
writing  signed by  Landlord.  No employee of Landlord or of  Landlord's  agents
shall have any power to accept the keys of the Premises prior to the termination
of this lease. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord's
agents  shall not operate as a  termination  of this lease or a surrender of the
premises. The failure of Landlord to seek redress for violation of, or to insist
upon the strict  performance  of, any  covenant or condition of this lease shall
not  prevent a  subsequent  act,  which  would  have  originally  constituted  a
violation,  from having all the force and effect of an original  violation.  The
receipt by Landlord of rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this
lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such  breach.  No  provision of this lease
shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in writing
signed by Landlord.  The words  "re-enter" and "re-entry" as used herein are not
restricted to their technical legal meaning.
<PAGE>

                                   END OF TERM

         (a) On the last day of the term  hereof or on the  earlier  termination
thereof,  Tenant shall  peaceably and quietly  leave,  surrender and deliver the
Premises up to Landlord,  broom clean,  together  with any and all  alterations,
changes,  additions, and improvements which may have been made upon the Premises
(except) movable furniture or movable trade fixtures installed at the expense of
Tenant) in good repair and good order and safe condition,  except for reasonable
wear and tear and  damage by;  fire,  other  insured  casualty  or the  elements
excepted, and Tenant shall remove all of its personal property from the Premises
and any property not to removed  shall be deemed to have been  abandoned and may
be appropriated,  sold,  stored,  destroyed or otherwise disposed of by Landlord
without notice to Tenant and without  obligations to account therefor.  Tenant's
obligation  under  this  Article  25  shall  survive  the  expiration  or  other
termination of this lease.

         (b) In the event of any holding over by Tenant after the  expiration or
termination of this lease without the consent of Landlord, Tenant shall:

                  (i) pay as  holdover  rental  for each  month of the  holdover
tenancy an amount  equal to the greater of (y) the fair market  rental  value of
the Premises for such month (as  reasonably  determined  by Landlord) or (z) two
hundred  (200%) of the minimum annual rent payable by Tenant for the third month
prior to the Expiration Date of the term of this lease,  and otherwise  observe,
fulfill and perform all of its obligations  under this lease,  including but not
limited to, those pertaining to additional rent, in accordance with its terms;

                  ii) be liable to Landlord  for any payment or rent  concession
which  Landlord  may be  required  to make to any tenant in order to induce such
tenant not to  terminate  an executed  lease  covering all or any portion of the
Premises by reason of the holdover by Tenant; and

                  (iii) be  liable  to  Landlord  for any  damages  suffered  by
Landlord as the result of Tenant's failure to surrender the Premises.

         The  holdover,  with respect to all or any part of the  Premises,  of a
person deriving an interest in the Premises from or through  Tenant,  including,
but not  limited to, an  assignee  or  subtenant,  shall be deemed a holdover by
Tenant.
<PAGE>

         Notwithstanding anything in this Article contained to the contrary, the
acceptance of any Rent paid by Tenant  pursuant to this  Paragraph 25 (b), shall
not preclude  Landlord from  commencing  and  prosecuting a holdover or eviction
action or  proceeding or any action or  proceeding  in the nature  thereof.  The
preceding  sentence  shall be  deemed  to be an  "agreement  expressly  provided
otherwise"  within the meaning of Section  232-c of the Real Property Law of the
State of New York and any successor law of like import.

         (c) If at any  time  during  the last  month of the term of this  lease
Tenant shall have removed all or substantially all of Tenant's property from the
Premises,  Landlord  may,  and Tenant  hereby  irrevocably  grants to Landlord a
license to,  immediately enter and alter,  renovate and redecorate the Premises,
without  elimination,   diminution  or  abatement  of  minimum  annual  rent  or
additional rent, or incurring liability to Tenant for any compensation, and such
acts shall have no effect upon this lease.



                                     BROKER

         26. Tenant  represents  that this lease was brought about by M. Barrett
Associates  LLC as broker and all  negotiations  with respect to this lease were
conducted  exclusively  through said broker.  Tenant agrees that if any claim is
made for  commissions  by any broker other than said broker,  by,  through or on
account of any acts of Tenant,  Tenant will hold Landlord free and harmless from
any  and  all  liabilities  and  expenses  in  connection  therewith,  including
Landlord's reasonable attorney's fees.

                                 QUIET ENJOYMENT

         27.  Landlord  covenants that if and so long as Tenant pays the minimum
annual rent and additional  rent and other charges  reserved by this lease,  and
performs all the terms,  covenants  and  conditions of this lease on the part of
Tenant  to be  performed,  Tenant  shall  quietly  enjoy the  premises  subject,
however,  to the terms of this lease and of any  mortgage or  mortgages to which
this lease by its terms is subject.
<PAGE>

                            NONLIABILITY OF LANDLORD

         28. (a)  Landlord  and  Landlord's  agents and  employees  shall not be
liable  for,  and  Tenant  waives  all claims  for,  loss or damage to  Tenant's
business or damage to person or property  sustained by Tenant resulting from any
accident or occurrence  (unless  caused by or resulting  from the  negligence of
Landlord, its agents,  servants or employees other than accidents or occurrences
against  which  Tenant is  insured)  in or upon the  Premises  or the  Building,
including,  but not  limited  to,  claims for  damage  resulting  from:  (i) any
equipment  or  appurtenances  becoming  out  of  repair;  (ii)  injury  done  or
occasioned by wind;  (iii) any defect in or failure or plumbing,  heating or air
conditioning equipment,  electric wiring or installation thereof, gas, water, or
steam pipes,  stairs,  porches,  railings or walks;  (iv) broken glass;  (v) the
backing up of any sewer pipe or downspout; (vi) the bursting, leaking or running
of any tank, tub,  washstand,  water closet,  waste pipe, drain or other pipe or
tank in, upon or about the Building or the  Premises;  (vii) the escape of steam
or hot water;  (viii) water,  snow or ice being upon or coming through the roof,
skylight,  trapdoor, stairs, doorways, windows, walks or any other place upon or
near the Building or the Premises or otherwise; (ix) the falling of any fixture,
plaster,  tile or  stucco;  and (x) any act,  omission  or  negligence  of other
tenants,  licensees  or of any other  persons or occupants of the Building or of
adjoining  or  contiguous  buildings  or of owners  of  adjacent  or  contiguous
property.

                  (b) If Landlord or a  successor  in interest is an  individual
(which term as used herein  includes  aggregates  of  individuals  such as joint
ventures,  general or limited  partnerships,  or associations),  such individual
shall be under no personal  liability with respect to its obligations under this
lease, Tenant shall look solely to the equity of such individual in the land and
building  constituting the Premises for the  satisfaction of Tenant's  remedies,
and in no event shall Tenant  attempt to secure any personal  judgement  against
any such individual or any principal,  partner, employee or agent of Landlord by
reason of such default by Landlord.

                  (c) The word "Landlord" as used herein means only the owner in
fee for the time  being  of the  Premises,  and in the  event of any sale of the
Premises,  Landlord  shall be and hereby is entirely  freed and  relieved of all
covenants  and  obligations  of  Landlord  hereunder  and it shall be deemed and
construed  without further  agreement between the parties or between the parties
and the purchaser of the Premises, that such purchaser has assumed and agreed to
carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder.
<PAGE>

                                  NO ABATEMENT

         29. No diminution or abatement of Rent or other  compensation  shall be
claimed or allowed for  inconvenience or discomfort  arising from the Landlord's
making of additions, repairs or improvements to the Building or to its equipment
and fixtures, nor for any space taken to comply with any law, ordinance or order
of a governmental authority except as specifically provided in this lease.

                         APPLICABLE LAW AND CONSTRUCTION

         30.  The laws of the  State  of New York  shall  govern  the  validity,
performance and enforcement of this lease. The invalidity or unenforceability of
any provision of this lease shall not affect or impair any other provision.  The
submission of this  document to Tenant for  examination  does not  constitute an
offer to lease,  or a reservation of or option to lease,  and becomes  effective
only  upon  execution  and  delivery   thereof  by  Landlord  and  Tenant.   All
negotiations,  considerations,  representations  and understandings  between the
parties are incorporated in this lease.  Landlord or Landlord's agents have made
no  representations  or promises  with  respect to the  Building or the Premises
except as herein  expressly set forth.  The headings of the several articles and
sections  contained herein are for convenience only and do not define,  limit or
construe the contents of such articles or sections. Whenever herein the singular
number is used,  the same shall include the plural,  and the neuter gender shall
include the masculine and feminine genders. Neither this lease nor any provision
hereof may be changed,  waived,  discharged or terminated orally, but only by an
instrument  in  writing  signed by the party  against  whom  enforcement  of the
change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

                 CONSTRUCTION ON ADJACENT PREMISES OR BUILDINGS

         31. If any  construction is in progress at, on or about the Building or
any excavation or other building  operation  shall be about the be made or shall
be made on any  premises  adjoining  or above or below  the  Premises  or on any
portion of the Building,  Tenant shall permit Landlord or the adjoining owner or
tenant and their respective  agents,  employees,  licensees and contractors,  to
enter the  Premises and to shore the  foundations  and/or walls around and about
the  Premises  (but not so as to preclude  entry  thereto)  and to do any act or
thing  necessary  for the  safety  or  preservation  of the  Premises.  Tenant's
obligations  under this lease shall not be affected by any such  construction or
excavation work,  shoring-up,  scaffolding or barricading.  Landlord shall no be
liable in any such case for any inconvenience,  disturbance, loss of business or
any other  annoyance  arising from such  construction,  excavation,  shoring-up,
scaffolding or barricades,  but Landlord shall use its best efforts so that such
work will cause al little  inconvenience,  annoyance or disturbance to Tenant as
possible consistent with accepted  construction  practice in the vicinity and so
that such work shall be expeditiously completed.
<PAGE>

                                UTILITY EASEMENT

         32. This lease is subject and  subordinate to any utility,  gas, water,
electric, or telephone line easements,  now or hereafter granted,  affecting the
Premises,  the Building, or the land upon which they are located,  provided that
the same do not  unreasonably  interfere  with  the  Building  nor  unreasonably
interfere with the use of the Premises by Tenant.

                                     NOTICES

         33. All notices to be given  hereunder shall be in writing and given by
hand  delivery or by certified  or  registered  mail  addressed to either of the
parties at the  address  hereinabove  given or at any other  subsequent  mailing
address they may indicate by written notice.  Any notice given hereunder by mail
shall be deemed  delivered  when  deposited in a United States general or branch
post  office,  addressed  as  above  provided.   Tenant  hereby  authorizes  and
designates  the manger of the  Premises as an officer  authorized  to accept and
receive service of process.

                             BINDING EFFECT OF LEASE

         34. The covenants,  agreements and obligations  contained in this Lease
shall,  except as herein  otherwise  provided,  extend to, bind and inure to the
benefit of the parties  hereto and their  respective  personal  representatives,
heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or
other provision herein contained shall be deemed and construed as a separate and
independent  covenant of the party bound by, undertaking or making the same, not
dependent  on any other  provision  of this  lease  unless  otherwise  expressly
provided.

                               UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS

         35.  Whenever  Landlord shall be required by the terms of this lease or
otherwise  to make any  improvements  or  repairs,  to furnish any  service,  to
perform any  construction or  reconstruction,  or to fulfill in other obligation
hereunder,  and  Landlord  shall be delayed  in, or  prevented  from,  so doing,
Landlord  shall not be deemed to be in default and this lease and the obligation
of Tenant to pay Rent  hereunder  and to perform all of the other  covenants and
agreements  hereunder  on the  part  of  Tenant  to be  performed  shall  not be
affected,  impaired or excused,  and any time limit herein fixed for  Landlord's
performance   thereof   shall  be  extended   if  and  so  long  as   Landlord's
non-performance,  delay or default  shall be caused by reason of strike or labor
troubles,  accidents,  any rule, order,  regulation or delay of any governmental
agency, or any department or subdivision  thereof,  governmental  pre-emption in
connection  with any national  emergency or war,  insurance claim or adjustment,
the  conditions  of supply and demand  which have been or are affected by war or
other emergency, or any other cause beyond Landlord's reasonable control.

<PAGE>

                                SANITARY SYSTEMS

         36.  Tenant  shall only permit  sanitary  discharge  into the  sanitary
system servicing the Premises.  Tenant shall comply with all requirements of the
County of  Suffolk,  Department  of Public  Works,  as they relate to use of the
sanitary  system,  including  the  payment  of  any  excess  volume  charges  as
determined by the County of Suffolk.


                                     PARKING

         37. Tenant shall have the right to use the parking areas designated for
the Building. The parking areas available for the use of Tenant herein are to be
used by Tenant, its servants,  employees,  agents, business invitees and patrons
subject to the rules and  regulations of Landlord and it is also  understood and
agreed  that  Landlord  shall  have the right at any time to modify or alter the
parking  layout and  traffic  pattern in the parking  areas and to diminish  the
available  parking areas  without any  liability to Tenant or any  diminution or
abatement of rent or additional rent. Tenant shall not use nor permit any of its
officers,  agents or employees  to use any parking  spaces in excess of Tenant's
allotted number of spaces therein.


                            CLEANING, RUBBISH REMOVAL

         38. All  janitorial  work at the Premises shall be done at the cost and
expense of Tenant.  Tenant shall provide for its own trash,  rubbish and garbage
removal at its own expense and all rubbish,  trash and garbage  shall be kept at
the Premises  subject to the rules and regulations of the appropriate  municipal
authorities having jurisdiction thereof, and subject to the reasonable rules and
regulations set by Landlord, and shall at all times be kept in closed containers
reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this agreement as of the
day and year first above written.


                                            Landlord:

                                                      By: M. Barrett
                                                          Managing Agent

                                            Tenant:

                                                      By: A. L. Coon
                                                          Senior Vice President






                                                                   Exhibit 10.9
                                                                   ------------
        THIS LOAN  AGREEMENT is made as of February  16,  1999,  by and between
HERLEY  INDUSTRIES,  INC.  (the  "Borrower")  and  THE  FIRST  NATIONAL  BANK OF
MARYLAND, a division of FMB BANK (the "Lender").


1.       DEFINITIONS.

         1.1      Defined Terms.

                  As used in this Agreement,  terms defined in the preamble have
the meanings  therein  indicated,  and the  following  terms have the  following
meanings:

     "Advance":  each loan or advance made under the Revolving Loan at such time
as such loan or advance is made or is being maintained.

     "Agreement":  this Loan Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time.

     "Authorized Signatory": the chairman of the board or the president.

     "Borrowing Date": any Business Day on which any Advance is made.

     "Business  Day": any day other than a Saturday,  a Sunday or a day on which
commercial  banks located in  Pennsylvania  are authorized or required by law or
other governmental action to close.

     "Collateral":  all of the tangible and intangible assets,  property rights,
and benefits with respect to which the Borrower has granted a security  interest
or other  Lien to or for the  direct or  indirect  benefit  of the Lender or has
assigned  as  security  or  otherwise  pledged to or for the direct or  indirect
benefit of the Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents.

     "Debt":  for any  date  of  determination,  the  aggregate  of all  amounts
outstanding  on the Loans and all other  indebtedness  for which the Borrower is
liable,  whether as borrower,  maker,  guarantor or endorser  (excluding payment
instruments  endorsed  for  deposit  or  collection  in the  ordinary  course of
business).

     "Debt Service  Coverage  Ratio":  with respect to Borrower,  Borrower's Net
Profit After Tax for the applicable  fiscal year, less dividends to stockholders
with respect to the  applicable  fiscal year,  plus  non-cash  charges  (such as
depreciation  and  amortization)  for such  fiscal  year,  divided by  scheduled
principal payments on Borrower's Debt for such fiscal year.
<PAGE>

     "Default":  any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or
which,  with the giving of notice,  the lapse of time,  or any other  condition,
would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

     "Environmental Laws": any and all federal, state and local laws relating to
the  environment,  the  use,  storage,  transporting,  manufacturing,  handling,
discharge,   disposal  or  recycling  of  hazardous  substances,   materials  or
pollutants or industrial  hygiene and  including,  without  limitation,  (i) the
Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,   Compensation  and  Liability  Act,  as
amended,  42 USCA ss.9601 et seq.; (ii) the Resource  Conservation  and Recovery
Act of 1976,  as amended,  42 USCA  ss.6901 et seq.;  (iii) the Toxic  Substance
Control  Act,  as amended,  15 USCA  ss.2601 et seq.;  (iv) the Water  Pollution
Control  Act, as  amended,  33 USCA  ss.1251 et seq.;  (v) the Clean Air Act, as
amended,  42 USCA ss.7401 et seq.;  (vi) the Hazardous  Material  Transportation
Act,  as amended,  49 USCA  ss.1801 et seq.;  and (vii) all rules,  regulations,
judgments,  decrees,  injunctions  and  restrictions  thereunder and any similar
state law.

     "Event of Default":  any of the events  specified in Section 8.1,  provided
that any  requirement  for the giving of notice,  the lapse of time or any other
condition has been satisfied.

     "Federal  Funds Target Rate":  the Federal Funds Target Rate as established
by the Federal Open Market  Committee of the Federal  Reserve Board from time to
time.

     "GAAP":  generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions
and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute
of  Certified  Public  Accountants  and  statements  and  pronouncements  of the
Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or in such other statement by such other
entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession,
which  are  applicable  to the  circumstances  as of the date of  determination,
consistently applied.

     "Governmental  Authority":  any  nation or  government,  any state or other
political  subdivision  thereof, any entity exercising  executive,  legislative,
judicial,  regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government
and any court or arbitrator.

     "Hazardous Substance": any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste,
including, but not limited to, (i) those substances, materials and wastes listed
in the United States Department of Transportation  Hazardous Materials Table (49
CFR 172.101) or by the Environmental  Protection Agency as hazardous  substances
(40 CFR Part 302) and amendments thereto and replacements  therefor and (ii) any
substance, pollutant or material defined as, or designated in, any Environmental
Law  as  a  "hazardous  substance,"  "toxic  substance,"  "hazardous  material,"
"hazardous waste," "restricted  hazardous waste," "pollutant," "toxic pollutant"
or words of similar import.
<PAGE>

     "Highest  Lawful  Rate":  with  respect  to  Lender,  the  maximum  rate of
interest,  if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted  for,
taken,  charged  or  received  by  Lender  on the Notes or which may be owing to
Lender  pursuant to this Agreement  under the laws applicable to Lender and this
Agreement.

     "Lender's Counsel": Rhoads & Sinon LLP, counsel to the Lender in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     "Lender's  Marginal Cost of Funds":  a rate of interest per annum specified
by the Lender  from time to time as a  reference  rate for the  guidance  of its
officers.

     "LIBOR": as defined in Section 2.5(a).

     "Lien":  any  mortgage,  pledge,  hypothecation,   assignment,  deposit  or
preferential  arrangement,  encumbrance,  lien  (statutory  or other),  or other
security  agreement  or  security  interest  of any kind or  nature  whatsoever,
including,  without  limitation,  any conditional  sale or other title retention
agreement  and any capital or  financing  lease  having  substantially  the same
economic effect as any of the foregoing.

     "Loan" and "Loans":  the  Revolving  Loan and/or the Mortgage  Loan, as the
case may be.

     "Loan Documents": collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, the Mortgage and
all other documents executed and delivered in connection with the Loans, and any
future or additional  loan documents  executed and delivered in connection  with
the Loans, and any amendments or modifications thereof.

     "Mortgage":  the Mortgage and Security  Agreement  made by the Borrower and
delivered  to the  Lender  for the  benefit  of the  Lender,  as the same may be
amended,  supplemented  or otherwise  modified  from time to time,  securing the
Mortgage Loan and encumbering the Mortgaged Property.

     "Mortgaged  Property":  that certain parcel or tract of real property,  and
the improvements thereon and hereafter constructed thereon, known as 10 Industry
Drive, Lancaster, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, as more fully described in the
Mortgage.

     "Mortgage Loan": as defined in Section 2.3.

     "Mortgage  Loan Note":  the Mortgage  Loan Note from the  Borrower,  as the
maker thereof, payable to the order of the Lender, evidencing the Mortgage Loan,
as the same may be amended,  extended, renewed or otherwise modified or replaced
from time to time.
<PAGE>

     "Note" and "Notes":  the Revolving Loan Note and/or the Mortgage Loan Note,
as the case may be.

     "Outstanding  Revolving Loan Amount":  for any date of  determination,  the
aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Advances.

     "Permitted Liens": any of the liens described in clauses (i) through (v) of
Section 6.4 of this Agreement.

     "Person": an individual, a partnership,  a corporation, a business trust, a
joint stock company,  a trust, a limited  liability  company,  an unincorporated
association,  a joint venture,  a Governmental  Authority or any other entity of
whatever nature.

     "Prepayment Premium": an amount equal to the greater of: (i) the sum of the
present values (as of the Principal  Prepayment Date) of the interest  payments,
discounted at the Treasury Rate, which the Borrower would have made with respect
to the Principal  Prepayment Amount after the Principal  Prepayment Date but for
the  Principal  Prepayment  Event,  or (ii) one percent  (1.0%) of the Principal
Prepayment Amount.

     "Principal  Prepayment  Amount":  the amount of principal  prepaid upon the
occurrence of a Principal Prepayment Event.

     "Principal  Prepayment  Date":  the date that a Principal  Prepayment Event
occurs.

     "Principal  Prepayment Event": the prepayment of principal,  in whole or in
part, prior to the date provided under the Mortgage Loan Note for payment of the
Principal  Prepayment Amount for any reason whatsoever,  whether by declaration,
acceleration or otherwise and whether or not an Event of Default has occurred.

     "Revolving Loan": as defined in Section 2.2.

     "Revolving  Loan  Commitment  Period":  the period from the Effective  Date
through the day preceding the Revolving Loan Maturity Date.

     "Revolving Loan Maturity  Date":  January 31, 2001, or such earlier date on
which the Revolving  Loan Note shall become due and payable,  whether by demand,
acceleration or otherwise, unless extended in writing by the Bank.

     "Revolving Loan Note": the Revolving Loan Note, of even date herewith, from
the Borrower,  as the maker  thereof,  payable to the order of the Lender in the
stated principal amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00),  as the same
may be amended, extended, renewed or otherwise modified or replaced from time to
time.
<PAGE>

     "Surety" and "Sureties":  one or more of HMS Investments,  Inc.,  Metraplex
Corporation,   General   Microwave   Corporation,   General   Microwave   Israel
Corporation,  General Microwave Israel, Ltd., General Microcircuits  Corporation
and any  additional  operating  subsidiaries  which  Borrower  or any Surety may
create or acquire  at any time any Loan  remains  outstanding  and unpaid or any
other amount is owing under any Loan Document to Lender.

     "Tangible  Net  Worth":  with  respect  to  any  Person,  at  any  time  of
determination,  that amount which is equal to the excess of all of such Person's
assets (excluding  inter-affiliate items and any and all intangible assets, such
as, but not limited  to,  customer  lists,  covenants  not to compete,  deferred
financing costs, deferred charges,  goodwill,  intellectual property,  licenses,
organization  costs,  officer and stockholder  advances or receivables,  mineral
rights  and  the  like)   over  all  of  such   Person's   liabilities   (except
inter-affiliate items), determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Treasury  Rate":  the average coupon  equivalent  yield,  in the secondary
market, that Lender could obtain by purchasing United States Treasury Securities
on  the  Principal  Prepayment  Date,  in  amounts  approximately  equal  to the
Principal  Prepayment  Amount,  and  maturing  on or about the date on which the
Principal  Prepayment  Amount would have been paid  pursuant to the terms of the
Mortgage Loan Note. (Lender shall use standard yield interpolation methods if no
such securities mature on or about such date.)

         1.2      Other Definitional Provisions.

                  (a)  All  terms  defined  in this  Agreement  shall  have  the
meanings  given  such  terms  herein  when  used in the  Loan  Documents  or any
certificate,  opinion or other  document  made or delivered  pursuant  hereto or
thereto, unless otherwise defined therein.

                  (b) As  used in the  Loan  Documents  and in any  certificate,
opinion  or  other  document  made or  delivered  pursuant  hereto  or  thereto,
accounting terms not defined in Section 1.1, and accounting terms partly defined
in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined,  shall have the  respective  meanings
given to them under GAAP.

                  (c) The words "hereof," "herein," "hereto" and "hereunder" and
similar  words when used in this  Agreement  shall refer to this  Agreement as a
whole  and not to any  particular  provision  of this  Agreement,  and  Section,
schedule and exhibit references  contained herein shall refer to Sections hereof
or schedules or exhibits hereto unless otherwise expressly provided herein.

                  (d)  The  word  "or"  shall  not be  exclusive;  "may  not" is
prohibitive  and not  permissive  an  "agreement"  of a Person shall include any
applicable promise, covenant,  representation,  warranty or other undertaking of
such Person.
<PAGE>

                  (e)  Unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  words  in the
singular  number  include  the  plural,  and  words in the  plural  include  the
singular.

                  (f) Unless  specifically  provided  in a Loan  Document to the
contrary,  references to time shall refer to the  prevailing  time in Lancaster,
Pennsylvania.


 2.      TERMS OF THE LOANS.

         2.1      The Loans.

                  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents, the
Lender  agrees to extend to the  Borrower  the  Revolving  Loan and the Mortgage
Loan.

         2.2      Revolving Loan.

                  Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,  Lender agrees to
make a revolving  line of credit  loan (the  "Revolving  Loan")  under which the
Borrower,  from time to time during the Revolving Loan  Commitment  Period,  may
obtain Advances from time to time;  provided,  that in no event shall the Lender
have any  obligation  to make any Advance if, after giving effect  thereto,  the
Outstanding   Revolving  Loan  Amount  shall  exceed  Twenty   Million   Dollars
($20,000,000.00).  The Borrower  covenants  that it will not request any Advance
under the Revolving Loan which would cause the Outstanding Revolving Loan Amount
to exceed the aforesaid  limitation.  Any  termination  of the  Revolving  Loan,
whether by expiration of the Revolving Loan Commitment  Period or as a result of
the existence or continuance  of any Event of Default,  shall relieve the Lender
of the Lender's obligation to lend money or to make financial  accommodations to
or for the  Borrower and for any of its  accounts,  but shall in no way release,
terminate,  discharge  or excuse the Borrower  from its absolute  duty to pay or
perform any or all of its obligations  under this Agreement.  The application of
the  preceding  sentence  is  intended  to apply only so long as any sums remain
outstanding, due or owing under the Loans.

                  2.2.1  Procedure for  Advances.  The Borrower may borrow under
the Revolving  Loan at any time and from time to time during the Revolving  Loan
Commitment  Period by notifying  the Lender (by  telephone or telecopy) no later
than 11:00 A.M. on the requested  Borrowing  Date,  specifying (A) the aggregate
principal  amount to be borrowed  under the  Revolving  Loan,  (B) the requested
Borrowing  Date, and (C) the account of the Borrower  maintained with the Lender
to be  credited  with  the  amount  of the  Advance.  Any such  notice  shall be
irrevocable.  The Lender  shall be  authorized  to rely upon any  request for an
Advance by any  representative  of the Borrower as  constituting  an  authorized
request for an Advance under the Revolving Loan by the Borrower.
<PAGE>

                  2.2.2 Repayment and Interest. All Advances under the Revolving
Loan shall be evidenced by and shall be repaid with interest in accordance  with
the provisions of the Revolving Loan Note, the terms and conditions of which are
incorporated  herein by reference.  The date and amounts of each Advance made by
the Lender and each payment made by the Borrower shall be recorded by the Lender
on the books and records of the Lender,  but any failure to record such dates or
amounts  shall  not  relieve  the  Borrower  of its duty to pay  under  the Loan
Documents.  All  repayments  shall be  credited  to the  balances  due under the
Revolving  Loan in  accordance  with the normal and  customary  practices of the
Lender.  Interest  accrued  under  the  Revolving  Loan  shall  be  computed  on
outstanding balances as reflected on the Lender's books and records.

                  2.2.3  Duration of the Revolving  Loan.  All sums  outstanding
under the  Revolving  Loan  shall be paid in full and the  Revolving  Loan shall
expire on the Revolving  Loan  Maturity  Date. At any time and from time to time
during the Revolving Loan Commitment Period,  the Company may borrow,  repay and
reborrow under the Revolving Loan, subject, however, to the continued observance
by the Borrower of the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents.

         2.3      Mortgage Loan.

                  Subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,  Lender agrees to
make to the  Borrower a Mortgage  Loan in an aggregate  principal  amount not to
exceed Two Million Nine Hundred Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($2,915,000.00).

2.3.1  Mortgage  Loan Note.  The Mortgage  Loan shall be evidenced by and repaid
with interest in accordance  with a separate  Mortgage Loan Note,  the terms and
conditions  of which shall be  incorporated  herein by  reference.  The date and
amount of the  Mortgage  Loan made by the  Lender and each  payment  made by the
Borrower  with respect to such  Mortgage Loan shall be recorded by the Lender on
the books and  records of the  Lender,  but any  failure to record such dates or
amounts  shall  not  relieve  the  Borrower  of its duty to pay  under  the Loan
Documents.  All  repayments  shall be  credited  to the  balances  due under the
Mortgage  Loan in  accordance  with the normal and  customary  practices  of the
Lender.  Interest  accrued  under the  Mortgage  Loan shall be  computed  on the
outstanding balances as reflected on the Lender's books and records.

2.3.2  Duration of the Mortgage  Loan.  The Mortgage Loan shall be for a term of
ten (10) years,  subject to the right of the Lender to accelerate  payment under
the  Mortgage  Loan in  accordance  with the  terms and  conditions  of the Loan
Documents.  The amount of the required  monthly  installments  of principal  and
interest shall be based upon a twenty (20) year amortization.


<PAGE>




         2.4      Prepayments of the Loans.

                  (a) Revolving  Loan.  The Borrower may, at its option,  prepay
the Revolving Loan, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, at any time
and from time to time.

                  (b) Mortgage  Loan. In the event interest shall be accruing on
the Mortgage Loan at a floating  rate of interest as provided in Section  2.5(a)
of this Agreement, the Borrower may, at its option, prepay the Mortgage Loan, in
whole or in part, without premium or penalty, at any time and form time to time.
In the event  interest shall be accruing on the Mortgage Loan at a fixed rate of
interest as provided in Section  2.5(a) of this Agreement and any portion of the
principal  amount  of the  Mortgage  Loan is  prepaid,  in whole  or in part,  a
Prepayment  Premium shall be due and payable by the Borrower to Lender,  without
notice, at the time of prepayment.  The Prepayment  Premium shall become part of
the  indebtedness  evidenced  by the  Mortgage  Loan  Note,  and  secured by the
Collateral.  In no event shall the Prepayment  Premium,  together with all other
amounts payable under the Loan Documents to the extent the same are construed to
constitute  interest,  exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. Partial prepayments shall
be applied against the remaining  installments of principal  required to be paid
under the Mortgage Loan in the inverse order of the maturity thereof.

         2.5      Interest Rate and Payment Dates.

               (a) Prior to  Maturity.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in this
          Section 2.5,  prior to maturity  the Loans shall bear  interest on the
          outstanding  principal balance thereof at the applicable interest rate
          or rates per annum set forth below.

        Loan                                   Rate

     Revolving Loan

               Federal  Funds  Target  Rate plus one and  sixty-five  hundredths
               percent (1.65%)

     Mortgage Loan


               Prior to the closing on the Mortgage  Loan,  the  Borrower  shall
               elect one or the other of the  following  interest  rate options:
               (i) a daily  adjusted rate of interest equal to the 30 day London
               Interbank  Offered  Rate  (LIBOR) as quoted by the Lender two (2)
               Business Days prior to the date any change in the 30 day LIBOR is
               to be  effective,  plus  one and  sixty-five  hundredths  percent
               (1.65%);  (ii) a fixed rate of interest for a period of up to ten
               (10) years as offered by the Lender in its sole discretion  equal
               to the Lender's  Marginal  Cost of Funds plus one and  sixty-five
               hundredths percent (1.65%);  or (iii) such other rate or rates as
               the Lender and the Borrower shall agree in writing.

<PAGE>

                  (b) Event of  Default.  After the  occurrence  and  during the
continuance of an Event of Default,  the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
Loans and any overdue  interest or other amount payable under the Loan Documents
shall bear  interest at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) plus the rate
which would otherwise be applicable under Section 2.5(a) of this Agreement.

                  (c) General.  Interest  shall be  calculated on the basis of a
three  hundred  sixty (360) days per year  factor  applied to the actual days on
which there exists an outstanding principal balance on the Loans. Interest shall
be  payable in arrears  on a monthly  basis as part of the  monthly  installment
payments  provided  for in the  Mortgage  Loan  Note  and,  in the  case  of the
Revolving  Loan,  as  provided  in the  Revolving  Loan Note.  Any change in the
interest rate on the Loans  resulting  from a change in the Federal Funds Target
Rate or the 30 day LIBOR,  as the case may be, shall become  effective as of the
opening of business on the day on which such change shall become effective.  The
Lender shall notify the  Borrower of the  effective  date and the amount of each
such change in the Federal  Funds  Target Rate or the 30 day LIBOR,  as the case
may be, by means of a monthly statement of account, but any failure to so notify
shall not in any manner affect the  obligations  of the Borrower to pay interest
on the Loans in the amounts and on the dates required. Each determination of the
Federal  Funds Target Rate,  the 30 day LIBOR or the Lender's  Marginal  Cost of
Funds,  as the case may be, by the Lender  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be
conclusive and binding on the Borrower  absent  manifest error. At no time shall
the interest rate payable on the Loans,  together with all other amounts payable
under the Loan  Documents  to the extent the same are  construed  to  constitute
interest,  exceed the Highest  Lawful  Rate  applicable  to Lender.  If interest
payable to Lender on any date would exceed the maximum  amount  permitted by the
Highest  Lawful  Rate  applicable  to  Lender,   such  interest   payment  shall
automatically be reduced to such maximum permitted amount,  and interest for any
subsequent period, to the extent less than the maximum amount permitted for such
period by the Highest  Lawful Rate,  shall be increased by the unpaid  amount of
such reduction.  Any interest actually received for any period in excess of such
maximum allowable amount for such period shall be deemed to have been applied as
a prepayment of the Loans without incurring a Prepayment  Premium.  The Borrower
acknowledges  that to the extent  interest  payable on the Loans is based on the
Federal  Funds Target Rate,  the 30 day LIBOR or the Lender's  Marginal  Cost of
Funds,  such rates are only some of the bases for  computing  interest  on loans
made by the Lender,  and by basing  interest  payable on any of such rates,  the
Lender  has  not  committed  to  charge,  and  the  Borrower  has not in any way
bargained for,  interest based on a lower or the lowest rate at which the Lender
may now or in the future make loans to other borrowers.



<PAGE>



         2.6      Use of Proceeds.

                  (a) The  proceeds  of the  Revolving  Loan  shall  be used for
working capital and general  corporate  purposes;  provided,  however,  that the
maximum aggregate amount of Advances outstanding under the Revolving Loan at any
time for purposes of financing an acquisition by the Borrower as contemplated by
Section  6.2 or Section  6.8 of this  Agreement  shall not  exceed  Ten  Million
Dollars  ($10,000,000.00)  without  Lender's prior written  consent (except that
Advances  for the purpose of  financing  the  acquisition  of General  Microwave
Corporation  shall not be subject to such  limitation).  To the extent  that the
Lender,  in its sole  discretion,  determines that funds are available under the
Revolving  Loan,  the Lender may issue one or more standby  letters of credit on
behalf of the Borrower,  subject to such terms and conditions as may be required
and approved by the Lender in its discretion,  including without limitation, the
term of the  letter of credit  and the terms of  repayment  to be set forth in a
separate reimbursement agreement in form and substance acceptable to the Lender.

                  (b) The proceeds of the Mortgage Loan shall be used to satisfy
the existing mortgage indebtedness encumbering the Mortgaged Property.

2.7      Fees.

(a) If the Lender is requested to issue a standby  letter of credit  pursuant to
Section  2.6(a) of this  Agreement,  a  separate  letter of credit  fee equal in
amount to one percent (1.00%) of the amount of the letter of credit shall be due
and payable by the  Borrower  to the Lender  upon the  issuance of the letter of
credit and at each annual  anniversary of the issuance date occurring during the
term of the letter of credit.

(b) The Borrower  shall pay to the Lender at the closing of the Mortgage Loan an
amount equal to one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the actual principal amount of
the Mortgage Loan.

(c) All such fees shall be the  absolute  property of the Lender  upon  payment.
Payment of such fees  shall not be  considered  payment  of any of the  Lender's
expenses incurred in connection with the Loans, and shall be paid independent of
the amount of proceeds of the Loans ultimately  disbursed to the Borrower,  even
if such amounts are less than the above-stated  principal  amounts of the Loans.
No portion of such fees shall be refunded in the event the Borrower  prepays any
Loan including, without limitation, any prepayment of the Borrower's obligations
under a letter of credit reimbursement agreement, whether in whole or in part.

         2.8      Lender's Records.

                  The Lender's  records with respect to the Loans,  the interest
rates applicable thereto, each payment by the Borrower of principal and interest
on the  Loans,  and fees,  expenses  and any other  amounts  due and  payable in
connection  with  the  Loan  Documents  shall be  presumptively  correct  absent
manifest  error as to the  amount of the  Loans,  the  amount of  principal  and
interest  paid by the  Borrower  in  respect  of such  Loans and as to the other
information  relating to the Loans, and amounts paid and payable by the Borrower
hereunder and under the Notes and other Loan Documents.
<PAGE>

         2.9      Set-Off: Payment From Accounts.

2.9.1    Security Interest in Money and Property Held By Lender; Set-Offs.
[Not Applicable]

2.9.2  Application  of  Deposits.  In addition to any rights of set-off  arising
under the Loan Documents or under law, the Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender
to apply any amount on deposit in any  deposit  account of the  Borrower  now or
hereafter maintained with the Lender against any of the Borrower's  indebtedness
under the Loan Documents which is not paid when due.

 3.      CONDITIONS OF LENDING - GENERAL.

         In addition  to the  conditions  precedent  set forth in Section 4, the
obligation  of Lender to make the Loans shall be subject to the  fulfillment  of
the following conditions precedent:

         3.1      Evidence of Action.

                  The Lender shall have received a  certificate  dated as of the
closing  date of the  Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Borrower  (i)
attaching a true and complete copy of the resolutions of the Borrower's Board of
Directors and of all documents  evidencing other necessary  corporate action (in
form and substance satisfactory to the Lender) taken by it to authorize the Loan
Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii)
attaching a true and complete copy of the Borrower's  articles of  incorporation
and by-laws,  (iii) setting forth the  incumbency of the  Borrower's  officer or
officers  who may  sign  the Loan  Documents  to which it is a party,  including
therein a signature  specimen of such officer or officers,  and (iv) attaching a
certificate  of good standing of the Secretary of State of the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania.

         3.2      This Agreement.

                  The Lender shall have received  counterparts of this Agreement
duly executed by an Authorized Signatory of the Borrower.


<PAGE>



         3.3      Notes.

                  The Lender shall have received the Revolving Loan Note and the
Mortgage  Loan  Note,  each duly  executed  by an  Authorized  Signatory  of the
Borrower.

         3.4      Security Agreement. [ Not Applicable]

         3.5      Mortgage.

                  The Lender shall have  received from the Borrower the Mortgage
(and UCC-1  Financing  Statements  appurtenant  thereto),  duly  executed  by an
Authorized Signatory of the Borrower.

         3.6      Mortgaged Property Documentation.

               The Lender shall have received the following  items, all of which
          must be satisfactory to the Lender:

                           (1)  Mortgage  title  insurance  dated  the  date  of
                  closing of the Mortgage  Loan with respect to the Mortgage and
                  the  Mortgaged  Property  in a face  amount  not less than the
                  principal  amount of the Mortgage Loan,  free and clear of all
                  liens,  encumbrances  and  objections,  and shall  insure  the
                  Mortgage  as a  first  and  best  lien  on  and  covering  the
                  respective  Mortgaged  Property,  with  standard  Pennsylvania
                  endorsements  100, 300 and 710,  together with evidence of the
                  payment of the premiums  therefor,  which  policies must be in
                  form and substance  satisfactory to the Lender and issued by a
                  title  insurance  company  or  companies  satisfactory  to the
                  Lender;

                           (2) Tax and  municipal  violations  searches  and, if
                  required by the Lender,  escrows or  affidavits  regarding the
                  future correction of any violations;

                           (3) Casualty and liability  insurance with respect to
                  the  Mortgaged  Property in the form  required by Section 5.3,
                  together with the endorsements thereto required thereby;

                           (4) An appraisal of the Mortgaged Property conforming
                  in all respects with the  applicable  regulations  promulgated
                  under Title XI of the Financial Institutions Reform,  Recovery
                  and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended; and

                           (5) A Phase I  environmental  site  assessment of the
                  Mortgaged  Property in form and substance  satisfactory to the
                  Lender and issued by an environmental  consultant satisfactory
                  to Lender,  certifying that the Mortgaged  Property is free of
                  the presence of any Hazardous Substance.
<PAGE>

         3.7      Opinion of Counsel to the Borrower.

                  The Lender  shall have  received  an opinion of counsel to the
Borrower,  addressed to the Lender and Lender's Counsel, dated the closing date,
in form and  substance  and covering  such matters as the Lender may  reasonably
request.

         3.8      Litigation.

                  There shall be no injunction,  writ,  preliminary  restraining
order or other order of any nature issued by any  Governmental  Authority in any
respect  affecting  the  transactions  provided  for  herein  and no  action  or
proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority shall have been commenced and
be pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower,  threatened, seeking to prevent
or delay the transactions  contemplated by the Loan Documents or challenging any
other  terms  and  provisions  hereof or  thereof  or  seeking  any  damages  in
connection therewith.

         3.9      Search Reports.

                  The Lender shall have  received  UCC,  tax and  judgment  lien
search  reports with respect to each  applicable  public  office where Liens are
filed  disclosing  that there are no Liens of record in such  official's  office
covering any of the  Collateral or showing the Borrower as a debtor,  except for
Permitted Liens.

         3.10     Property, Public Liability and Other Insurance.

                  The Lender shall have received a certificate  or  certificates
of all insurance  maintained  by the Borrower in form and  substance  reasonably
satisfactory to the Lender,  together with the endorsements described in Section
5.3.

         3.11     Other Documents.

                  The Lender  shall have  received  such other  documents as the
Lender shall reasonably request.



<PAGE>




         3.12     Fees and Expenses of Lender's Counsel.

                  The fees and expenses of Lender's  Counsel in connection  with
the  preparation,  negotiation and closing of the Loan Documents shall have been
paid by Borrower.

         3.13     Sureties.

                  Each of the Sureties  shall  execute and deliver to the Lender
Suretyship Agreements in form and substance acceptable to the Lender,  providing
joint and  several  suretyship  for the  absolute,  full and timely  payment and
performance  by the  Borrower  of the terms and  conditions  of each of the Loan
Documents.

4.       CONDITIONS OF LENDING - REVOLVING LOAN.

         The  obligation of Lender to make any Advance under the Revolving  Loan
is subject to the satisfaction of the following additional  conditions precedent
as of each Borrowing Date:

         4.1      Compliance.

                  On each  Borrowing Date and after giving effect to the Advance
to be made  thereon,  (a) the Borrower  shall be in  compliance  with all of the
terms,  covenants and conditions of the Loans,  (b) there shall exist no Default
or Event of  Default,  and (c) the  Outstanding  Revolving  Loan Amount will not
exceed  the  limitations  as to  the  maximum  unpaid  principal  amount  of the
Revolving Loan specified in Section 2.2 of this Agreement. Each borrowing by the
Borrower shall constitute a certification by the Borrower as of the date of such
borrowing  that  each of the  foregoing  matters  is  true  and  correct  in all
respects.

         4.2      Loan Documentation.

                  All documents required by the provisions of the Loan Documents
to be executed or delivered to the Lender on or before the applicable  Borrowing
Date shall have been executed and shall have been delivered at the office of the
Lender set forth in Section 9.6 on or before such Borrowing Date.

         4.3      Documentation and Proceedings.

                  All  corporate  and legal  proceedings  and all  documents and
papers in connection  with the  transactions  contemplated by the Loan Documents
shall be in form and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Lender and the
Lender shall have received all information and copies of all documents which the
Lender may  reasonably  have requested in connection  therewith,  such documents
(where  appropriate) to be certified by an Authorized  Signatory of the Borrower
or proper Governmental Authorities.
<PAGE>

         4.4      Required Acts and Conditions.

                  All  acts,   conditions   and   things   (including,   without
limitation,  the obtaining of any necessary  regulatory approvals and the making
of any filings,  recordings or registrations) required to be done, performed and
to have happened on or prior to such  Borrowing Date and which are necessary for
the  continued  effectiveness  of the Loan  Documents,  shall have been done and
performed and shall have happened in due compliance with all applicable laws.

         4.5      Approval of Counsel.

                  All  legal  matters  in  connection  with the  making  of each
Advance shall be reasonably satisfactory to Lender's Counsel.

         4.6      Supplemental Opinions.

                  If  requested  by the Lender  with  respect to the  applicable
Borrowing  Date,  there  shall  have  been  delivered  to the  Lender  favorable
supplementary  opinions of counsel to the Borrower,  addressed to the Lender and
dated such Borrowing Date,  covering such matters  incident to the  transactions
contemplated herein as the Lender may reasonably request.

         4.7      Other Documents.

                  The Lender  shall have  received  such other  documents as the
Lender shall reasonably request.


 5.      AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

                  The  Borrower  covenants  and  agrees  that,  so  long as this
Agreement is in effect,  any Loan remains  outstanding and unpaid,  or any other
amount is owing under any Loan Document to Lender, the Borrower shall, except as
otherwise specifically provided:

         5.1      Reports to Lender.

                  Deliver to the Lender the following reports:

                           (a) The Borrower's  financial  statements as follows:
                  (1) the first  three  (3)  quarterly  consolidated  statements
                  certified by the  Borrower's  chief  financial  officer within
                  forty-five  (45) days after the end of each calendar  quarter;
                  (2) year-end  consolidated  statements within ninety (90) days
                  after Borrower's  fiscal  year-end,  which statements shall be
                  audited by an  independent  certified  public  accountant  and
                  include  an  unqualified  opinion  of  such  accountant,   any
                  management  letter  issued to the Borrower by such  accountant
                  and the Borrower's  response to such  management  letter.  All
                  financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP
                  consistently applied.
<PAGE>

                           (b) The Borrower's  quarterly report on Form 10-Q and
                  annual  report on Form 10-K as filed with the  Securities  and
                  Exchange Commission within ten (10) days after filing.

                           (c) With the year-end financial  statements  required
                  under Section 5.1(a)(3),  a certificate of compliance with the
                  requirements set forth in Sections 6.12, 6.13 and 6.14 of this
                  Agreement signed by the Borrower's chief financial officer.

                           (d) Such other reports as may be reasonably requested
                  by the Lender from time to time.

All  of  the  foregoing  reports  shall  be in  form  and  substance  reasonably
satisfactory  to the Lender.  If the  reports  are  required to be audited by an
independent  certified  public  accountant,  such  independent  certified public
accountant shall be reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

         5.2      Certificates; Other Information.

                  Furnish  to the  Lender  prompt  written  notice  if:  (i) any
indebtedness  of the Borrower is declared or shall become due and payable  prior
to its stated  maturity,  or called and not paid when due,  (ii) a default shall
have  occurred  under any note  (other than the Notes) or the holder of any such
note, or other evidence of indebtedness,  certificate or security evidencing any
such  indebtedness or any obligee with respect to any other  indebtedness of the
Borrower has the right to declare any such indebtedness due and payable prior to
its stated  maturity,  or (iii) there shall occur and be continuing a Default or
an Event of Default.

         5.3      Insurance.

                  (a)      Borrower shall maintain insurance as follows:

                           (i) Insurance against loss or damage to the Mortgaged
                  Property by fire and any of the risks  covered by insurance of
                  the type now  known as "fire  and  extended  coverage,"  in an
                  amount  not  less  than  the  appraised  market  value  of the
                  Mortgaged  Property  as set  forth in the  appraisal  required
                  pursuant  to  Section   3.6(4)  of  this   Agreement  or  that
                  percentage of the full  replacement  cost of all buildings and
                  improvements  now or hereafter  erected thereon  (exclusive of
                  the cost of excavations,  foundations,  and footings below the
                  lowest  basement  floor),  required to satisfy any  applicable
                  co-insurance requirement in such policy and with not more than
                  $5,000.00  deductible  from the loss payable for any casualty.
                  The  policies of  insurance  carried in  accordance  with this
                  subparagraph   (i)  shall   contain  the   "Replacement   Cost
                  Endorsement";
<PAGE>

                      (ii)  Comprehensive   public  liability  insurance  on  an
                  "occurrence  basis"  against  claims  for  "personal  injury,"
                  including without limitation bodily injury,  death or property
                  damage  occurring on, in or about the  Mortgaged  Property and
                  the  adjoining  streets,   sidewalks  and  passageways,   such
                  insurance to afford immediate minimum protection to a limit of
                  not less than  $1,000,000  under a primary policy of insurance
                  together  with a limit of not less  than  $2,000,000  under an
                  umbrella  policy of insurance with respect to personal  injury
                  or death to any one or more persons or damage to property;

                     (iii) Worker's compensation insurance (including employer's
                  liability insurance, if requested by Lender) for all employees
                  of  Borrower  engaged  on or  with  respect  to the  Mortgaged
                  Property  in such  amount  as is  reasonably  satisfactory  to
                  Lender,  or if such  limits are  established  by law,  in such
                  amounts;

                      (iv)  During the course of  construction  or repair of the
                  Mortgaged  Property,  builder's completed value risk insurance
                  against  "all risks of physical  loss,"  during  construction,
                  with  deductibles not to exceed  $1,000.00,  in  non-reporting
                  form,   covering  the  total  value  of  work   performed  and
                  equipment,  supplies and materials furnished.  If requested by
                  Lender, such policy of insurance shall contain the "permission
                  to occupy upon completion of work or occupancy" endorsement.

                      (v) Directors and Officers liability  insurance to a limit
                  of not less than $3,000,000.

                     (vi) Such other insurance, and in such amounts, as may from
                  time to time be reasonably required by Lender against the same
                  or other hazards.
<PAGE>

                  (b)  All  policies  of  insurance  required  by the  terms  of
paragraph (a) shall contain an  endorsement or agreement by the insurer that any
loss   shall  be  payable  in   accordance   with  the  terms  of  such   policy
notwithstanding  any act or negligence of Borrower which might otherwise  result
in forfeiture of such insurance and the further agreement of the insurer waiving
all rights of set-off, counterclaim or deduction against Borrower.

                  (c) All policies of insurance shall be issued by companies and
in amounts  reasonably  satisfactory to Lender.  All policies of insurance shall
have  attached  thereto  a  mortgagee  clause  in favor of  Lender,  and in form
reasonably  satisfactory  to  Lender,  providing  that the  Lender  shall not be
subject to contribution,  and a lender's loss payable endorsement for benefit of
Lender, all of a form satisfactory to Lender. Borrower shall furnish Lender with
a signed  duplicate  original  policy  with  respect to all  required  insurance
coverage. If Lender consents to Borrower providing any of the required insurance
through  blanket  policies  carried  by  Borrower  and  covering  more  than one
location,  then  Borrower  shall  furnish  Lender with a signed  certificate  of
insurance  for each such  policy  setting  forth  the  coverage,  the  limits of
liability,  the name of the carrier, the policy number, and the expiration date,
and listing  Lender as First  Mortgagee.  At least twenty (20) days prior to the
expiration  of each such policy,  Borrower  shall  furnish  Lender with evidence
satisfactory  to Lender of  payment of premium  and the  reissuance  of a policy
continuing insurance in force as required by this Agreement.  All such policies,
including  policies for any amount carried in excess of the required minimum and
policies not specifically  required by Lender,  shall be in form satisfactory to
Lender, shall be maintained in force and effect, shall be assigned and delivered
to Lender,  with  premiums  prepaid as  collateral  security  for payment of the
indebtedness  secured  hereby,  and shall contain a provision that such policies
will not be  canceled  or  materially  amended  which  term  shall  include  any
reduction  in the scope or limits of  coverage,  without  at least ten (10) days
prior written  notice to Lender.  If the insurance,  or any part thereof,  shall
expire, or be withdrawn, or become void or unsafe by reason of Borrower's breach
of any  condition  thereof,  or become  void or unsafe by reason of the value or
impairment  of the  capital of any  company in which the  insurance  may then be
carried,  or if for any reason whatever the insurance shall be reasonably deemed
by Lender to be unsatisfactory,  Borrower shall obtain new insurance  reasonably
satisfactory to Lender.

                  (d) In the event the Borrower fails to provide, maintain, keep
in force or deliver or furnish to Lender the policies of  insurance  required by
this Agreement,  Lender may procure such insurance or single-interests insurance
for such risks covering  Lender's  interest,  and Borrower will pay all premiums
thereon  promptly  upon  demand by  Lender,  and until  such  payment is made by
Borrower, the amount of all such premiums, together with interest thereon at the
rate specified in the Revolving Loan Note, shall be secured by the Mortgage.
<PAGE>

                  (e) In the event of loss,  Borrower will give immediate notice
thereof to Lender,  and  Lender may make proof of loss if not made  promptly  by
Borrower.  Each insurance company concerned is hereby authorized and directed to
make  payment  under such  insurance,  including  return of  unearned  premiums,
directly  to Lender  instead of to Borrower  and Lender  jointly,  and  Borrower
appoints Lender irrevocably, as Borrower's attorney-in-fact to endorse any draft
therefor. If otherwise,  such policies,  including all right, title and interest
of the Borrower thereunder, shall become the absolute property of the Lender.

                  (f) The proceeds of all  insurance on the  Mortgaged  Property
shall be applied as follows:

                                    (i) If the  Mortgaged  Property is partially
                           or totally  destroyed  by fire,  flood,  windstorm or
                           other casualty so as to render the Mortgaged Property
                           unsuitable  for Borrower's  continued  use,  Borrower
                           shall have the option of not replacing,  restoring or
                           repairing the damaged Mortgaged Property but, in lieu
                           of such replacement,  restoration or repair, have the
                           Lender  apply the  proceeds of such  insurance on the
                           Mortgaged  Property toward  prepayment of the amounts
                           due under the Mortgage Loan Note (any excess proceeds
                           to be paid to Borrower); or

                                    (ii) If Borrower does not elect to apply the
                           proceeds of such  insurance to prepay the amounts due
                           under the  Mortgage  Loan Note,  the proceeds of such
                           insurance  shall be held by the  Lender in a separate
                           insurance  loss  account  until such time as Borrower
                           shall have  delivered  to Lender for its approval and
                           to its satisfaction, sufficient plans, specifications
                           and contracts  containing a detailed breakdown of the
                           costs to  replace,  restore  or  repair  the  damaged
                           Mortgaged Property; thereafter, the Lender will, upon
                           delivery to it of a certificate  of Borrower  setting
                           forth the costs theretofore incurred or paid, subject
                           to   Lender   inspection   and   acceptance   of  the
                           replacement,  restoration  or repair  of the  damaged
                           Mortgaged Property, apply so much as may be necessary
                           of the proceeds of such insurance  toward the payment
                           of the  costs  of such  replacement,  restoration  or
                           repair. If said proceeds are not sufficient to pay in
                           full the costs as  reflected  in the  certificate  of
                           Borrower of such replacement,  restoration or repair,
                           the Borrower will  nonetheless  complete (or cause to
                           be  completed)  the  work  thereof  and will pay such
                           excess costs prior to requesting  Lender to apply any
                           of the proceeds of such insurance to the cost of such
                           replacement,  restoration  or repair.  Any balance of
                           said  proceeds  of  insurance   remaining  after  the
                           payment of all costs of such replacement, restoration
                           or repair,  shall be applied toward the prepayment of
                           the  amounts  due under the Loan  Documents.  If said
                           amounts shall have been paid in full,  any balance of
                           said  proceeds  of  insurance  shall  be  paid to the
                           Borrower;  provided,  however,  that if the  Borrower
                           does not elect to prepay  amounts  due under the Loan
                           Documents in full, there shall be no diminution in or
                           postponement of future installments payable under the
                           Loan Documents until payment thereof in full, and the
                           Borrower shall proceed  promptly to replace,  restore
                           or repair the Mortgaged Property damaged or destroyed
                           or cause said work, to be done.
<PAGE>

         5.4      Taxes.

                  Duly pay and  discharge  all taxes or other claims which might
become a Lien upon any of Borrower's  properties  except to the extent that such
items are being in good faith  appropriately  contested  with adequate  reserves
therefor having been set aside and with security satisfactory to the Lender.

         5.5      Properties.

                  Maintain,  preserve  and keep  Borrower's  properties  in good
repair,   working  order  and  condition,   and  make  all  reasonable  repairs,
replacements, additions, betterments and improvements thereto.

         5.6      Corporate Existence.

                  Maintain  Borrower's  corporate  existence and comply with all
statutes, rules and regulations,  the non-compliance with which would materially
and adversely affect its business, assets or condition, financial or otherwise.

         5.7      Issuance Taxes.

                  Pay all stamp or issuance taxes, if any,  payable by reason of
the  execution,  delivery  or  issuance  of this  Agreement,  the  Notes or Loan
Documents  under any  applicable  ordinance or statute now existing or hereafter
enacted,  and the Borrower  will at all times  indemnify  and hold  harmless the
Lender against any liability in respect thereof.

         5.8      Audits by Lender.

                  Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of  Default or if the Lender
reasonably  believes  that an Event of Default is  imminent  based on reports or
financial reports received by Lender,  permit the Lender and its duly authorized
agents to make, or cause to be made, inspections of any of Borrower's properties
and examinations and audits of any books, records and papers of the Borrower and
to make  extracts  therefrom  at all such  reasonable  times and as often as the
Lender may reasonably require.

         5.9      Management.

                  Maintain the current management and executive personnel of the
Borrower or other management and executive personnel reasonably  satisfactory to
the Lender,  and furnish to the Lender  within five (5) days of any  election or
appointment  of  officers  or  directors  written  notice of any  change of such
officers and directors.

5.10     Compliance With Laws.

                  Fully  comply with all  applicable  Laws with  respect to: (a)
products  that the Borrower  sells and services it performs,  (b) the conduct of
its business generally,  (c) its use,  maintenance and operation of the real and
personal  properties owned or leased by it; and, without limiting the foregoing,
the Borrower  shall obtain and  maintain  all  permits,  licenses and  approvals
necessary or  appropriate  to engage in its business as presently  conducted and
presently contemplated.

5.11     Employee Benefit Plans.

                  Comply,  and shall cause each of Borrower's  employee  benefit
plans to comply, with all applicable provisions of law.
<PAGE>

5.12     Environmental Matters.

                  Comply, and shall cause Borrower's  properties  (whether owned
or leased) to comply,  with all applicable  Environmental Laws. Without limiting
the foregoing,

         (a) the Borrower shall:

                  (1)  promptly  notify the Lender and each other Person that it
is required under  applicable  Environmental  Laws to notify upon the Borrower's
acquiring  knowledge  of a  release  or  threatened  release  of  any  Hazardous
Substance on, from, or near any of its properties,

                  (2)   promptly   notify  the  Lender  once  an   environmental
investigation  or clean-up  proceeding is instituted by any Person in connection
with the Borrower or any of its properties,

                  (3) comply in all  material  respects  with and  provide  such
assistance as may be reasonably required in any such environmental investigation
and clean-up proceeding,

                  (4) promptly execute and complete  remedial actions  necessary
to ensure that no  environmental  liens or  encumbrances  are levied  against or
exist with respect to any of the Borrower's properties or other assets, and

                  (5) promptly notify the Lender of any citation,  notification,
complaint,  or written  notice of  violation  which it receives  from any Person
which relates or pertains to the making, storing, handling, treating, disposing,
generating, transporting or release of any Hazardous Substance; and

         (b) the  Borrower  shall not use,  produce,  transport,  dispose  of or
otherwise handle any Hazardous Substances or permit any other Person to do so at
or from any of the  Borrower's  properties  except  in the  ordinary  course  of
Borrower's business and in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

         The Borrower, promptly upon the written request of the Lender from time
to time after (1) the  occurrence of an Event of Default,  or (2) the occurrence
of any release of any  Hazardous  Substance  in, on or from any  property of the
Borrower in violation of any Environmental Law, shall provide the Lender with an
environmental  site  assessment  or  report,  all in scope,  form,  and  content
satisfactory to the Lender.  Upon any such event, the Lender,  or its designated
agent,  may  interview  any or all of the agents and  employees  of the Borrower
regarding  environmental matters,  including any consultants or experts retained
by the Borrower,  all of whom are directed to discuss environmental issues fully
and  openly  with  the  Lender  or its  designated  agent  and to  provide  such
information as may be requested.  All of the costs and expenses  incurred by the
Lender with respect to the audits,  tests,  inspections,  and examinations which
the Lender may  conduct  pursuant  to this  Section,  including  the fees of the
engineers, laboratories, and contractors, shall be paid by the Borrower.

         The  Borrower  shall  indemnify  and hold  harmless the Lender from all
loss,  liability,  damage,  reasonable  costs and expenses  (including,  but not
limited to, reasonable legal fees),  fines, or other penalties or payments,  for
failure  of the  Borrower  or any of its  properties  to comply  fully  with all
environmental Laws. The provisions of this Section shall survive the payment and
satisfaction of the Loans and the termination of this Agreement.


<PAGE>




5.13     Deposit Relationship.

                  Maintain  Borrower's  primary  deposit  relationship  with the
Lender.

5.14     Further Assurances And Power Of Attorney.

                  Execute  from time to time such other and  further  documents,
including but not limited to promissory notes,  security agreements,  mortgages,
financing  statements,  continuation  statements,  and the  like  which,  in the
opinion of the Lender or the Lender's  counsel,  may be reasonably  necessary to
perfect, confirm, establish,  reestablish,  continue, or complete the agreements
of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, the security interests and other Liens
in the Collateral and the purposes and  intentions of this  Agreement,  it being
the intention of the Borrower to provide hereby a full and absolute  warranty of
further  assurance to the Lender,  provided that Borrower shall not be obligated
under this Section  5.14 to execute any document  that could effect an amendment
or  modification  of any term or condition  of this  Agreement or any other Loan
Document.  If the Borrower fails to execute any document requested by the Lender
to establish,  reestablish,  continue,  complete, confirm or perfect any Lien or
security  interest in any Collateral or collect any amount payable thereon,  the
Borrower  hereby  appoints  the  Lender  or any  officer  of the  Lender  as the
Borrower's  attorney in fact for  purposes of  executing  such  documents in the
Borrower's name, place and stead, which power of attorney shall be considered as
coupled with an interest and irrevocable.

6.       NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

         The Borrower  agrees that, so long as this Agreement is in effect,  any
Loan remains outstanding and unpaid, or any other amount is owing under any Loan
Document to Lender, the Borrower will not, directly or indirectly, without prior
adequate  notice to Lender  with  respect to Section  6.3 and  without the prior
written consent of the Lender for all other Sections:


         6.1      Borrower's Indebtedness.  [Not Applicable]

         6.2      Combinations.  [Not Applicable]

         6.3      Loans and Investments.

                  Lend or advance money,  credit or property to or invest in (by
capital  contribution,  loan, purchase or otherwise) any firm,  corporation,  or
other  person,  except:  (a)  extensions  of credit to customers in the ordinary
course of business,  (b) securities with maturities of 180 days or less from the
date of acquisition  issued or fully  guaranteed or insured by the United States
government or any agency  thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States, (c) certificates of deposit, eurodollar time deposits,  overnight
bank deposits and bankers'  acceptances of any domestic  commercial  bank having
capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000  having  maturities of one year or
less from the date of acquisition,  and (d) commercial  paper of an issuer rated
at least  A-1 by  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation  or P-1 by  Moody's  Investors
Services,  Inc.,  or carrying an  equivalent  rating by a nationally  recognized
rating agency if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing  ratings
of  investments,  in each case,  with  maturities of not greater than sixty (60)
days from the date acquired.
<PAGE>

         6.4      Create Encumbrances.

                  Create, assume or permit to exist, any mortgage,  pledge, Lien
or  encumbrance  of or upon,  or security  interest  in, any of its  property or
assets now owned or hereafter acquired except (i) mortgages,  Liens, pledges and
security  interests  in favor of the  Lender;  (ii)  other  Liens,  charges  and
encumbrances  incidental  to the conduct of its business or the ownership of its
property and assets which were not incurred in connection  with the borrowing of
money or the obtaining of advances or credit and which do not materially  impair
the use thereof in the operation of its business; (iii) Liens for taxes or other
governmental  charges which are not  delinquent or which are being  contested in
good faith and for which a reserve  shall have been  established  in  accordance
with generally accepted accounting  principles;  (iv) any Lien created under the
Loan  Documents;   and  (v)  any  purchase  money  security   interest  securing
indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business,  provided that no such
purchase money  security  interest shall attach to the Collateral or any portion
thereof.

         6.5      Guaranties.

                  Assume,  endorse,  be or become  liable for or  guarantee  the
obligations  of any  person or  entity  except  the  endorsement  of  negotiable
instruments  for deposit or  collection  in the ordinary  course of business and
performance  bonds and indemnities  with bonding  companies and similar entities
entered into in the ordinary course of business.

6.6      Dividends and Other Distributions of Capital.

                  Pay  dividends  on any of its  outstanding  shares of  capital
stock or make treasury purchases of any such shares.

         6.7      Impairment of Collateral.

                  Permit  anything  to be done that may  materially  impair  the
value of the Collateral.


<PAGE>




         6.8      Changes in Business.

                  Make or permit to be made any  material  change in the nature,
character,  name or conduct of the Borrower's  business as conducted on the date
hereof.

         6.9      Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws.

                  Amend  or  otherwise   modify  the   Borrower's   articles  of
incorporation  or by-laws in any way which would adversely  affect the interests
of the Lender under any of the Loan Documents.

         6.10     Prepayments of Indebtedness.

                  Prepay or obligate itself to prepay,  in whole or in part, any
indebtedness (other than the obligations under the Loan Documents).

         6.11     Minimum Tangible Net Worth.

                  Permit  the  Tangible  Net  Worth  of  the   Borrower,   on  a
consolidated  basis,  to be less than  $25,000,000  at any time any Loan remains
outstanding and unpaid,  or any other amount is owing under any Loan Document to
Lender.

         6.12     Maximum Debt to Tangible Net Worth Ratio.

                  Maintain a Debt to Tangible Net Worth Ratio of the Borrower at
not greater than 1.70-to-1 at any time any Loan remains  outstanding and unpaid,
or any other amount is owing under any Loan Document to Lender.

         6.13     Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio.

                  Permit the Debt Service  Coverage  Ratio of the Borrower to be
less than 2.0-to-1 on the last day of each fiscal year of Borrower that any Loan
remains  outstanding  and  unpaid,  or any other  amount is owing under any Loan
Document to Lender.

7.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

         In order to induce the Lender to enter into this  Agreement and to make
the Loans,  the Borrower makes the following  representations  and warranties to
the Lender and  acknowledges the Lender's  justifiable  right to rely upon these
representations and warranties:

         7.1      Corporate Organization.

                  The Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

         7.2      Enforceability of Documents.

                  This Agreement, the Notes and each of the other Loan Documents
to which  the  Borrower  is a party  have  been duly  authorized,  executed  and
delivered  and  constitute  the  valid and  legally  binding  obligation  of the
Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

         7.3      Legality of Documents.

                  The  execution and delivery of this  Agreement,  the Notes and
all of the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party and performance
thereof  will  not  violate  any   provision  of  law  or  of  the  articles  of
incorporation  or  by-laws  of the  Borrower  or  any  agreement,  indenture  or
instrument  to which the Borrower is a party or its  properties or assets may be
bound or affected or of any other agreement to which the Borrower is a party.

         7.4      Pending or Threatened Litigation.

                  As of the date  hereof,  there are no  outstanding  judgments,
actions  or  proceedings  pending  before any court or  governmental  authority,
bureau or  agency,  with  respect to or  threatened  against  or  affecting  the
Borrower  which  would  result in a  material  adverse  change in the  financial
condition  of the  Borrower  or its  subsidiaries.  Borrower  agrees to promptly
provide to Lender written notice of any and all outstanding  judgments,  actions
or  proceedings  which may at any time  hereafter be pending before any court or
governmental authority,  bureau or agency, with respect to or threatened against
or affecting  the Borrower  which may  reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on the Borrower, its financial condition, business, properties or
prospects,  or the ability of Lender to enforce the Loan Documents in accordance
with their respective terms.
<PAGE>

         7.5      No Defaults.

                  As of the date hereof the Borrower is not in material  default
under,  or in  material  violation  of,  nor will  the  execution,  delivery  or
performance of this  Agreement,  the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents to
which the Borrower is a party  constitute a default  under or violation  of, any
term of any agreement,  ordinance,  resolution,  decree, bond, note,  indenture,
order or judgment used in the conduct of the  Borrower's  business or in respect
of the Mortgaged Property. The operations of the Borrower comply in all material
respects  with all laws,  ordinances  and  regulations  applicable  to it and no
consents, authorizations or approvals of any Governmental Authority are required
by the Borrower in connection with the Loan Documents.

         7.6      No Onerous Agreements.

                  The  Borrower  is not a party to nor bound by,  nor are any of
the  properties  or assets  owned by it or used in the  conduct of its  business
affected  by,  any  agreement,   ordinance,   resolution,  decree,  bond,  note,
indenture,  order or  judgment,  or  subject to any  charter or other  corporate
restriction,  which  materially  and adversely  affects its business,  assets or
condition, financial or otherwise.

         7.7      Financial Statements.

                  All  balance  sheets,  profit  and loss  statements  and other
financial  information  heretofore  furnished  to the Lender by the Borrower are
true,  correct and complete in all  material  respects,  and present  fairly the
financial condition of the Borrower and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the date
thereof and for the periods covered thereby, including contingent liabilities of
every kind, which financial condition has not materially adversely changed since
the date of the most recently  dated  balance  sheet of the Borrower  heretofore
furnished to the Lender.

         7.8      No Margin Stock Purchases.

                  No part of the  proceeds of the Loan will be used  directly or
indirectly for the purpose of purchasing or carrying,  or for payment in full or
in part of  indebtedness  which was  incurred for the purpose of  purchasing  or
carrying,  any margin stock as such term is defined by Regulation U of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

         7.9      Power and Authority.

                  The  Borrower  has the  power  to  execute  and  deliver  this
Agreement, the Notes and all other Loan Documents to which it is a party and has
taken all necessary action to authorize the execution,  delivery and performance
of the same.


<PAGE>




         7.10     Properties.

                  The  Borrower  has  good  and  marketable  title to all of its
assets, including without limitation the Mortgaged Property, subject to no Liens
except Permitted Liens.

         7.11     Taxes.

                  The  Borrower  has  filed all  returns  and  reports  that are
required to be filed by it in connection  with any federal,  state or local tax,
duty or charge  levied,  assessed or imposed upon it or its property or withheld
by it, including unemployment, social security and similar taxes and all of such
taxes have been  either  paid or adequate  reserve or other  provision  has been
made.

         7.12     Environmental Matters.

                  (a)      The Borrower is in compliance  with the  requirements
of all  applicable  Environmental Laws.

                  (b)  No   Hazardous   Substances   have  been   generated   or
manufactured  on,  transported  to or from,  treated at, stored at or discharged
from the Mortgaged Property in violation of any Environmental Laws; no Hazardous
Substances  have been  discharged  into  subsurface  waters under the  Mortgaged
Property in violation of any  Environmental  Laws; no Hazardous  Substances have
been  discharged  from the  Mortgaged  Property  on or into  property  or waters
(including subsurface waters) adjacent to the Mortgaged Property in violation of
any  Environmental  Laws;  and any  underground  or above ground  storage  tanks
situated on the Mortgaged  Property and regulated under any  Environmental  Laws
are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

                  (c) The Borrower (i) has not received notice (written or oral)
or otherwise learned of any claim,  demand,  suit,  action,  proceeding,  event,
condition,  report, directive, Lien, violation,  non-compliance or investigation
indicating or concerning any potential or actual liability  (including,  without
limitation,  potential liability for enforcement,  investigatory  costs, cleanup
costs,  government  response  costs,  removal  costs,  remedial  costs,  natural
resources damages,  property damages, personal injuries or penalties) arising in
connection with: (x) any non-compliance with or violation of the requirements of
any  applicable  Environmental  Laws,  or (y)  the  presence  of  any  Hazardous
Substance on the Mortgaged  Property or the release or threatened release of any
Hazardous  Substance into the  environment,  (ii) has not received notice of any
threatened or actual  liability in connection with the presence of any Hazardous
Substance on the Mortgaged  Property or the release or threatened release of any
Hazardous  Substance into the environment,  (iii) has not received notice of any
federal or state investigation  evaluating whether any remedial action is needed
to respond to the presence of any Hazardous  Substance on the Mortgaged Property
or a  release  or  threatened  release  of  any  Hazardous  Substance  into  the
environment for which the Borrower is or may be liable, or (iv) has not received
notice  that  the  Borrower  is or  may  be  liable  to  any  Person  under  any
Environmental Law.

                  (d) To the Borrower's knowledge, the Mortgaged Property is not
located in an area identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban  development
as an area having special flood hazards.
<PAGE>


7.13     Employee Benefit Plans.

                  Each  employee  benefit plan as to which the Borrower may have
any liability  complies in all material respects with all applicable  provisions
of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974  ("ERISA"),  including
minimum  funding  requirements,  and (i) no Prohibited  Transaction  (as defined
under ERISA) has  occurred  with  respect to any such plan,  (ii) no  Reportable
Event (as defined  under Section 4042 of ERISA) has occurred with respect to any
such plan  which  would  cause  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  to
institute  proceedings  under Section 4042 of ERISA,  (iii) the Borrower has not
withdrawn from any such plan or initiated steps to do so, and (iv) no steps have
been taken to terminate any such plan.

7.14     Solvency.

                  As  of  the  date  hereof  and  after  giving  effect  to  the
transactions  contemplated by the Loan Documents, (i) the aggregate value of the
Borrower's   assets  will   exceed  its   liabilities   (including   contingent,
subordinated,  unmatured and unliquidated  liabilities),  (ii) the Borrower will
have  sufficient  cash flow to enable  it to pay its debts as they  mature,  and
(iii) the Borrower will not have unreasonably  small capital for the business in
which it is engaged.

7.15     Year 2000.

         (i) Based on a  comprehensive  review and assessment of its systems and
equipment the Borrower  reasonably  believes that Year 2000 issues  (hereinafter
defined)  including costs of  remediation,  could not be expected to result in a
material adverse change in the financial condition of the Borrower or any Surety
from that expressed in the financial  statements most recently  submitted to the
Lender  prior to the  date  hereof;  (ii) the  Borrower  and  each  Surety  have
developed  plans for  responding to Year 2000 Issues and the  implementation  of
such plans,  including testing,  are on schedule in all material  respects;  and
(iii) the  Borrower  and each Surety  shall  provide the Lender with any further
assurances as a resolution of Year 2000 Issues requested by the Lender. The term
"Year 2000  Issues"  shall  include,  but not be limited  to, the  inability  of
computers and computer software, as well as embedded microchips in non-computing
devices, to perform properly,  including performance of date-sensitive functions
with respect to certain dates prior to and after December 31, 1999.

         7.17     Disclosure.

                  No  representation  or warranty by the  Borrower  set forth in
this  Agreement,  any other Loan Document or in any other document or instrument
delivered by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to this Agreement,  contains or
will contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omits or will omit to
state any material fact necessary to make the statements made not misleading.
<PAGE>

8.       DEFAULT.

         8.1      Events of Default.

                  If any one or more of the  following  Events of Default,  each
constituting an "Event of Default," shall occur, the obligation of the Lender to
make Advances  shall cease and the entire unpaid balance of the principal of and
interest on the Loans shall immediately  become due and payable at the option of
the Lender  without  notice,  presentment,  protest or demand  (all of which are
expressly  waived by the  Borrower) to the  Borrower  being  required  except as
specified below:

                           (a)  Failure of the  Borrower  to make any payment of
                  principal  or interest in respect of the Loans  within 10 days
                  after it is due; or

                           (b) The failure of the  Borrower to pay the amount by
                  which  the  unpaid  principal  amount  of the  Revolving  Loan
                  exceeds the  limitations  as to the maximum  unpaid  principal
                  amount  of  such  Loan  as set  forth  herein  within  two (2)
                  Business  Days after  written  notice  thereof shall have been
                  given by the Lender to the Borrower; or

                           (c) Failure by the Borrower or other party to perform
                  any other term,  condition or covenant of this Agreement,  the
                  Notes, any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or
                  document delivered  pursuant hereto or in connection  herewith
                  or therewith,  which shall remain unremedied for the period of
                  thirty (30) days after written  notice thereof shall have been
                  given by the Lender to the Borrower; or

                           (d) Subject to the expiration of any applicable grace
                  or cure period expressly provided for in or in connection with
                  the applicable "Debt Instrument" (as hereinafter  defined) (i)
                  failure to perform  any term,  condition  or  covenant  of any
                  note, loan agreement,  guaranty,  mortgage or other instrument
                  or agreement in connection  with the borrowing of money or the
                  obtaining  of  advances  or credit to which the  Borrower is a
                  party  or by  which  it is  bound,  or by  which  any  of  its
                  properties or assets may be affected (a "Debt Instrument"), so
                  that,   as  result  of  any  such  failure  to  perform,   the
                  indebtedness included therein or secured or covered thereby is
                  declared  due and  payable  prior to the  date on  which  such
                  indebtedness  would otherwise become due and payable;  or (ii)
                  any  event or  condition  referred  to in any Debt  Instrument
                  shall occur or fail to occur,  so that,  as a result  thereof,
                  the  indebtedness  included  therein  or  secured  or  covered
                  thereby is declared due and payable prior to the date on which
                  such indebtedness  would otherwise become due and payable;  or
                  (iii)  any   material   indebtedness   included  in  any  Debt
                  Instrument or secured or covered thereby is not paid when due,
                  except to the extent that such matters are being appropriately
                  contested  by  Borrower in good faith with  adequate  reserves
                  therefor having been set aside and with security  satisfactory
                  to the Lender; or

                           (e) A material  breach of or material  default by the
                  Borrower  under the  terms,  covenants  or  conditions  of any
                  agreements,  loans or other  transactions of the Borrower with
                  the Lender or any other  lender,  after the  expiration of any
                  applicable grace or cure period; or

                           (f) Any representation or warranty made in writing to
                  the  Lender  in  this  Agreement,  the  Notes  or  other  Loan
                  Documents or in connection with the making of the Loans or any
                  certificate,  statement or report made in compliance with this
                  Agreement,  shall have been false in any material respect when
                  made; or

                           (g) The  Borrower or any  endorser or surety  thereof
                  shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors,  file a
                  petition under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any similar law,
                  state  or  federal,  be  adjudicated  insolvent  or  bankrupt,
                  petition or apply to any  tribunal  for the  appointment  of a
                  receiver,  or trustee or a custodian  for it or a  substantial
                  part of its assets, or shall commence any proceeding under any
                  bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt,
                  dissolution,   or   liquidation   law   or   statute   of  any
                  jurisdiction,  whether now or hereafter in effect; or if there
                  shall have been filed any such petition or application, or any
                  such petition or  application,  or any such  proceeding  shall
                  have been commenced against it, which remains  undismissed for
                  a period of sixty (60) days or more;  or the  Borrower  or any
                  endorser or surety by any act or omission  shall  indicate its
                  consent to approval of or  acquiescence  in any such petition,
                  application or proceeding or the appointment of a receiver, or
                  trustee or a custodian for it or any  substantial  part of any
                  of its  properties,  or shall  suffer  any such  receivership,
                  trusteeship,  or custodianship to continue  undischarged for a
                  period of sixty (60) days or more; or
<PAGE>

                           (h) Any  judgment  against the  Borrower in excess of
                  $500,000.00,  or any attachment, levy or execution against any
                  of its  properties  in  excess  of  $500,000.00  shall  remain
                  unpaid,   unstayed  on  appeal,   undischarged,   unbonded  or
                  undismissed for a period of thirty (30) days or more; or

                           (i) The  Borrower  shall  be  unable,  or  admit  its
                  inability, to meet its obligations as they come due or failure
                  of the Borrower generally to pay its debts as they become due;
                  or

                           (j)  Occurrence,  in  Lender's  sole and  independent
                  discretion, reasonably exercised, of a material adverse change
                  in the  business,  properties  or  financial  condition of the
                  Borrower, or an event or condition which, in Lender's sole and
                  independent  discretion reasonably exercised would be expected
                  to result in such a material adverse change.

         8.2      Remedies.

                  In the event of the occurrence and during the  continuation of
any Event of Default,  the Lender may,  but shall not be required to (i) proceed
to apply to the payment of the Loans the balance to the credit of any account or
accounts maintained with the Lender by the Borrower and all property of Borrower
now or at any time in Lender's possession in any capacity  whatsoever  (set-off)
and  (ii)  sell  all or any  part  of the  Collateral  in  accordance  with  the
Pennsylvania Uniform Commercial Code, as applicable, and the Loan Documents, and
the  obligation  of the Lender to make loans or otherwise  extend  credit to the
Borrower shall immediately terminate. The Lender may exercise any other right or
remedy provided  pursuant to the Loan Documents and hereby granted or allowed to
it by law  including  but not  limited to the rights and  remedies  of a secured
party under the Uniform Commercial Code of Pennsylvania and each and every right
and remedy  provided  pursuant to the Loan  Documents and hereby  granted to the
Lender or allowed to it by law shall be cumulative  and not exclusive the one of
the other,  and may be exercised by the Lender from time to time and as often as
may be  necessary.  The Lender shall have at any time,  in its  discretion,  the
right to enforce  collection and payment of any of the Collateral by appropriate
action or proceedings,  and the net amounts received therefrom,  after deduction
of all costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith,  shall be applied on
account of the Loans and any other  indebtedness  or liabilities of the Borrower
aforesaid,  all without notice to the Borrower. The Lender shall not be required
to  marshall  any  security  or  guarantees  or to  resort  to the  same  in any
particular order.

 9.      GENERAL.

         9.1      Survival of Warranties.

                  All  agreements,  representation  and  warranties  made herein
shall survive the delivery of this Agreement.

         9.2      Modification of Documents.

                  No  modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement,
the  Notes,  the other Loan  Documents  or other  instruments  or consent to any
departure by the Borrower from any of the terms or conditions thereof,  shall in
any event be  effective  unless it shall be in writing  and signed by the Lender
and the Borrower, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on
the Borrower in any case shall, of itself,  entitle the Borrower to any other or
further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

         9.3      Rights Cumulative.

                  Each and every right granted to the Lender  hereunder or under
any other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith,  or allowed it
by law or equity, shall be cumulative and may be exercised from time to time. No
failure on the part of the Lender to exercise,  and no delay in exercising,  any
right  shall  operate  as a waiver  thereof,  nor  shall any  single or  partial
exercise  of any right  preclude  any other or future  exercise  thereof  or the
exercise of any other right.

         9.4      Construction and Severability.

                  This Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents and the
rights and  obligations  of the parties  shall be construed and  interpreted  in
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.  The provisions of
this  Agreement  are  severable  and if any  clause or  provision  shall be held
invalid  or  unenforceable  in whole or in part in any  jurisdiction,  then such
invalidity or  unenforceability  shall affect only such clause or provision,  or
part  thereof,  in such  jurisdiction  and shall not in any manner  affect  such
clause or provision in any other jurisdiction,  or any other clause or provision
in this Agreement in any jurisdiction.


<PAGE>




         9.5      Conflict of Documents.

                  The  provisions of this  Agreement are in addition to, and not
in limitation of, the provisions of the Notes and the other Loan  Documents.  In
the  event  of  conflict  between  the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  and the
provisions of the Notes or any Loan  Document,  the provisions of this Agreement
shall prevail.
         9.6      Notices.

                  Notices  by one party to the  other  shall be in  writing  and
shall be deemed to have been  validly  given at the time when posted in the U.S.
Mails,  postage  prepaid,  or hand delivered to the following  address or to any
alternate address designated in writing by the recipient:

         The Borrower:                      Herley Industries, Inc.
                                            10 Industry Drive
                                            Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17603
                                      Attn: Lee N. Blatt, Chairman & CEO

         The Lender:                       The First National Bank of Maryland,
                                              a division of FMB Bank
                                           1703 Oregon Pike
                                           Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17601-4201
                                    Attn:  Eric A. Rebert, Senior Vice President

         9.7      Expenses of Lender.

                  The  Borrower  shall  pay all  fees  and  expenses  reasonably
incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation,  execution,  delivery
and performance of this Agreement,  the Notes,  the other Loan Documents and all
other  instruments  executed in connection  herewith or in  connection  with the
collection  of  the  indebtedness   hereunder,  or  any  part  thereof,  or  the
perfection,   protection  and  maintenance  of  the  Lender's  interest  in  any
collateral.  These fees and expenses shall include, without limitation, fees and
disbursements of legal counsel for the Lender.

         9.8      Binding Effect.

                  This  Agreement  and  any  other   documents  and  instruments
delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto shall inure to the benefit
of and shall be binding  upon the  parties  hereto and their  heirs,  executors,
administrators, personal representatives,  successors and assigns of the parties
hereto. The Borrower may not assign its rights or obligations  hereunder without
the prior written consent of Lender.
         9.9      Waiver of Trial by Jury.

                  THE LENDER AND THE BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY,  VOLUNTARILY AND
INTENTIONALLY  WAIVE  ANY  RIGHT  EITHER  OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN
RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION  ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION  WITH THE LOAN
DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN. FURTHER, THE BORROWER HEREBY
CERTIFIES  THAT NO  REPRESENTATIVE  OR AGENT OF THE  LENDER,  OR  COUNSEL TO THE
LENDER, HAS REPRESENTED,  EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE,  THAT THE LENDER WOULD NOT, IN
THE EVENT OF SUCH LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL
PROVISION.  THE BORROWER  ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE LENDER HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER
INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, INTER ALIA, THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION.

         9.10     Jurisdiction and Venue.

                  The  Borrower  hereby  irrevocably  consents to the  exclusive
jurisdiction  of any state or federal court for the county or judicial  district
where the Bank's office  indicated in Section 9.6 of this  Agreement is located,
and  consents  that all  service  of process  be sent by  nationally  recognized
overnight courier service directed to the Borrower at the Borrower's address set
forth  herein and service so made will be deemed to be completed on the business
day after  deposit with such courier;  provided  that nothing  contained in this
Agreement will prevent the Bank from bringing any action, enforcing any award or
judgment or exercising any rights against the Borrower individually, against any
security or against any property of the Borrower within any other country, state
or other foreign or domestic jurisdiction.  The Bank and the Borrower agree that
the venue provided above is the most convenient  forum for both the Bank and the
Borrower.  The Borrower waives any objection to venue and any objection based on
a more convenient forum in any action instituted under this Agreement.

         The  Borrower  acknowledges  that it has read and  understands  all the
provisions of this  Agreement,  including  Waiver of Trial by Jury, and has been
advised by counsel as necessary or appropriate.



<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto,  intending to be legally bound,
have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its  respective  behalf on the
date first set forth above.


ATTEST:                                              HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC.

_____________________________________      By:_________________________________
Asst. Secretary, Margaret M. Guzzetti                Myron Levy, President

_____________________________________      By:__________________________________
Asst. Secretary, Margaret M. Guzzetti         Anello C. Garefino, Vice President
 (SEAL)


                                                THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
                                                MARYLAND, a division of FMB BANK

                                                By:____________________________
                                                    Eric A. Rebert
                                                    Senior Vice President



<PAGE>









                                 LOAN AGREEMENT


                                 by and between



                            HERLEY INDUSTRIES, INC.,

                                   as Borrower


                                       and


                      THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF MARYLAND,
                                  a division of
                                    FMB BANK,

                                    as Lender








                          Dated as of February 16, 1999




                                                                   Exhibit 23.1
                                                                   ------------


                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



As independent  public  accountants,  we hereby consent to the  incorporation by
reference of our report  dated  September  17, 1999  included in this Form 10-K,
into Herley Industries, Inc's. previously filed Registration Statement File Nos.
333-72427, 333-17369, 333-19739,333-46777, and 333-35485.



                                                     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Lancaster, PA
 October 26, 1999








                                                                   Exhibit 23.2
                                                                   ------------


                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration  Statement File
Nos.  333-72427,  333-17369,  333-19739,333-35485,  and  333-46777 of our report
dated  October  21,  1999  (relating  to the  financial  statements  of  General
Microwave (Israel) Corporation and Subsidiary not included therein) appearing in
this annual  report on Form 10-K of Herley  Industries,  Inc. for the year ended
August 1, 1999.



                                             Brightman, BarLeva, Friedman & Co.
                                             Certified Public Accountants



Jerusalem, Israel
 October 21, 1999





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                                                    5
<LEGEND>
  THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
EXTRACTED FROM THE AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED AUGUST 1, 1999 AND IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>

<S>                                                          <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                                YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                            AUG-1-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                               AUG-3-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                                 AUG-1-1999
<CASH>                                                       2,741,163
<SECURITIES>                                                 0
<RECEIVABLES>                                                10,678,638
<ALLOWANCES>                                                 0
<INVENTORY>                                                  19,880,370
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                             36,215,865
<PP&E>                                                       39,296,419
<DEPRECIATION>                                               17,407,866
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                               74,056,237
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                        10,513,340
<BONDS>                                                      0
                                        0
                                                  0
<COMMON>                                                     503,028
<OTHER-SE>                                                   42,396,580
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                                 74,056,237
<SALES>                                                      61,035,722
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                             61,035,722
<CGS>                                                        36,748,901
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                                48,626,272
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                             0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                             0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                           747,846
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                              11,959,703
<INCOME-TAX>                                                 4,098,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                          7,861,703
<DISCONTINUED>                                               0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                              (126,826)
<CHANGES>                                                    0
<NET-INCOME>                                                 7,734,877
<EPS-BASIC>                                                1.48
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                1.37


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission